江苏译林牛津新教材初一英语期末试卷
最新牛津译林版英语七年级上学期《期末考试试题》(含答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题一、听力选择A.听对话回答问题本部分共有10小题，每小题你将听到一段对话，每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which subject does the man like best?A. B. C.2. What festival is it today?A. B. C.3. How does Linda often go to Sunshine Town?A. B. C.4. What do they often do after school?A. B. C.5. What size is the man's sweater now?A. Size SB. Size M.C. Size L.6. What is Tommy's mother looking for?A. Classes.B. Glasses.C. Bags.A. Daniel's.B. Millie's.C. Kitty's.8. How old is Mille?A.13B.14C.159. How many bottles of juice are there in the fridge?A. Two.B. Three.C. Five.10. Where are the speakers talking now?A. In a libraryB. In a post officeC. In a bookshopB.听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文，各听两遍.在听每段对话或短文前，你将有时间阅读相关小题，每小题5秒钟;听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项. 听下面一段对话，回答第11至12小题.11. Whose ball is this?A. Simon'sB. Peter'sC. Jill's12. What color is Jill's ball?A. Blue.B. Red.C. Green.听第一篇短文，回答第13至15小题.请根据短文内容，选择正确答案，完成信息记录表.13. A. 12 B. 13 C. 1414. A. brother B. sister C. grandfather15. A. Studying at school B. Playing basketball C. Listening to music听第二篇短文，回答第16至20小题.A. A singerB. A sports loverC. My friend's sister17. What are under Sally's bed?A. Some ballsB. Some shoesC. Some books18. How many basketballs does Sally have?A. OneB. Two.C. Three19. Who does Sally like?A. Yao MingB. Kobe BryantC. LeBron James20. Which club is Sally in?A. The football Club.B. The Basketball Club.C. The V olleyball Club.二、单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.1.Hobo is e-dog, but his master Eddie is dog.A. an; asB. an; aC. a; anD. a; a2.My best friend Mike 12 years old and now in Zhangjiagang.A. is; liveB. is; livesC. are; liveD. are; lives3.Suzy enjoys . It helps her fit.A. dance; keepB. dance; keeps.C. dancing; keepD. dancing; keeps4.―Is that your deskmate Kitty?―No, Mum. has short hair. Let me tell you about .A. She; sheB. She; herC. Her; sheD. Her; her5.―I like volleyball very much, but I am not good at it.―You just need to more after school.A. readB. enjoyC. talkD. practice6.―When do you plan to meet for your school trip?―7:00 Sunday morning.A. At; inB. At; onC. On; inD. On; on7.―How do you celebrate ?―Our family usually get together, have a big dinner and set off fireworks.A. Spring FestivalB. ChristmasC. Dragon Boat FestivalD. Halloween8.Mary eats fruit and vegetables and it's not good for her health.A. oftenB. alwaysC. seldomD. usually9.―Do we need food for the New Year's party?―Sure. We need fruit and snacks.A. some; someB. some; anyC. any; someD. any; any10.―What would you like to order, Sir?―Let me have a look at the , please.A. foodB. menuC. kitchenD. picture11.It's 7 in the morning. Three little monkeys in the trees.A. is playingB. are playingC. playsD. play12.―do you take a walk every day?―Less than 1 hour.A. How longB. How oftenC. How muchD. How many13.My sweater is made wool. It is very warm.A. fromB. inC. ofD. by14.―Which subject do you like best?―I love Ar t best it's very interesting.A. soB. butC. andD. because15.―? I want to know her.―She is tall and cool in a blue dress.A. How is KateB. What is Kate doingC. Which one is KateD. When can I meet Kate三、完形填空先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A、B、C、 D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.We are snowflakes(雪花).Our home is in the big ___16___. When we are there, we are drops of water.We have many brothers. One day the ___17___ says to us," Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky. ___18___ we go to ride about in the sunshine.By and by we start for home. It is a ___19___ day, so we put on our white coats. The children see us come and say, "Oh, see the pretty snowflakes!" The children are very ___20___ to see us. We play with them. But we ___21___ too. There are many of us and we all work ___22___. We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___23___ coats over them and keep them ___24___. The flowers are glad to have us ___25___. When it is warm, our work here will be over. Then we shall go home to the sea.16. A. river B. sea C. lake D. park17. A. sun B. plant C. child D. flower18. A. But B. Because C. And D. So19. A. cold B. foggy C. warm D. hot20. A. angry B. sad C. glad D. sorry21. A. wait B. work C. talk D. think22. A. once B. only C. alone D. together23. A. his B. their C. our D. her24. A. beautiful B. warm C. clean D. happy25. A. learn B. play C. come D. go四、阅读理解)阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项.ALost: A white dogMy name is Allan Green. My phone number is 216-0911. You can e-mail me atalan6512@163. com.Found: A purple schoolbagAn English book, a dictionary and some keys are in it.My name is Jenny Black. My phone number is 612-7878.Found: A photoI found a photo in the school library. A teacher, a girl and a boy are in the photo.The teacher is in a blue jacket. Is it yours? Call Mike at 216-9871.Lost: A model planeI lost my model plane. I must find it. Call Bill at 678-0911. E-mail me atbill808@.26. Allan can't find his .A. schoolbagB. dogC. photoD. model plane27. What's NOT in the schoolbag?A. A dictionary.B. An English book.C. A notebook.D. Some keys.28. What color is the teacher's jacket?A. White.B. Yellow.C. Blue.D. Purple.29. If you find a model plane, you can call .A. AlanB. JennyC. MikeD. BillBA little play does not harm any one, but does much good. After play, we should be glad to workI know a boy. He likes a good game very much. He could run, swim, jump and play ball; and is always happy when out of school.But he knows that time is not all for play and that our minutes, hours and days are very precious.At the end of his play, he will go home. After he washes his face and hands, and brushes his hair, he will help his mother, or read in his book, or write upon his slate.He often says, "One thing at a time." When he is done with work, he will play; but he does not try to play and to work at the same time.30. Which of the following about the boy is true?A. He likes to play a lot.B. He is not happy when he is at school.C. He is very good at sports.D. He enjoys playing when he is working.31. What does the word "harm" mean in Paragraph 1?A. 损害B. 保护C. 获得D. 同情32. What is the writer's main purpose(目的)of writing this article?A. The boy the writer knows is a good boy.B. The boy in the article is a good game player.C. We shouldn't play before finishing our homework.D. We should be happy to work after a little play.COne day, a fox invites a stork(鹤)to his den(穴居)for dinner. The stork sits down at the table, and the fox brings out two bowls of soup. The fox quickly licks up(舔)all the soup in his bowl, but the stork can not drink any of the soup because the bowl is too shallow(浅的)for her long beak(嘴).The fox licks his lips and asks, "Why don't you eat your soup?" And before the stork can answer, the fox takes her bowl and licks it up.The stork, who is polite, says only, "It is polite of you to invite me to dinner. I would like to invite you to my place for dinner tomorrow."The next evening, when the fox sits down at the stork's table, soup is served in tall, heavy jars(堆子).The stork drinks down her soup happily, but the fox can not get the soup inside. This time, the fox is hungry but he is also wiser. 33. Why does the fox invite the stork for dinner?A. The stork is the fox's good friend.B. The fox has delicious food at his den.C. The fox wants to play a trick on the stork.D. The stork likes to eat the fox's tasty soup.34. The stork asks the fox to dinner to .A. show his politenessB. give the fox a lessonC. treat the fox like a friendD. say his thanks to the fox35. What may the fox do next time when he invites the stork to dinner?A. He will let the stork have a good meal.B. He will make the stork hungry again.C. He will ask the stork to cook for him.D. He will use a shallow bowl for the stork.五、单词检测根据下列句子所给音标、汉语注释或上下文，写出空白处各单词的正确形式.每空只写一词.36. Eddie is very ______ ['leizi]. He spends much time in bed.37. My gloves feel very ______ [smu:ð] and they are comfortable to wear.38. Our classmates want to help the children in some poor ______ ['eəriəs].39. My parents always give me nice ______ (礼物)on my birthday.40. Amy likes ______ (收集)football cards.41. Morning exercises help us get ______ (准备好)for the day.42. ―How much does the dress ______?―500 yuan.43. ―I don't like the black shoes. Can I see ______ pai r?―Sure. What about this white pair?44. ―What do you think of the yellow blouse?―It looks great ______ you.45. ―Would you like something to eat?―No, thank you. I am not ______.六、连词成句)将题中所给的单词重新排列，连成正确的句子，请注意句末所给标点符号及句首大写.46. wear I what am about thinking to___________________________________________________________________________47. size is shirt what your__________________________________________________________________________48. healthy so is important food___________________________________________________________________________49. more to less he sports eat plans and sugar do__________________________________________________________________________50. for Rodger CD to buy mother a his wants._________________________________________________________________________句子翻译51. 已经没有很多牛肉了._________________________________________________________________________52. 让我们买上4公斤肉吧!____________________________________________________________________________53. 我也需要吃点鱼.___________________________________________________________________________54. 通常到达购物中心要花去我半小时.___________________________________________________________________________55. 购物中心何时开放?__________________________________________________________________________八、阅读表达阅读下面的短文并用英语回答问题，并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上.Susie Sunbeam is not her real name; that is Susan Brown. But everyone calls her Susie Sunbeam, because she has such a sweet face and always brings brightness with her when she comes.Her grandfather first gives her this name. When she learns how to walk, she loves to go about the house and get things for her mother.Susie is always pleasant in her play with other children. She never uses an unkind word, but tries to do what herplaymates like best.One day, a poor little girl with a very old dress is going by and Susie hears some children playing tricks on her. She at once runs out and asks the poor little girl to come in. "Why are you crying?" Susie asks."Because they all laugh at me," she says.Then Susie takes the little girl into the house. She makes her happy with kind words, and gives her a nice dress and a pair of shoes.This brings real gladness to the poor child. She, too, thinks that Susie is really sunbeam just like her name.56. Who gives the girl the name of Susie Sunbeam?______________________________________________________________________57. What do you think of Susie?She is ______ and ________.58. Do you want to be a person like Susie Sunbeam? Why or why not?_____________________________________________________________________59.书面表达假如你是校外联部主席李华，你校的美国交换生Bill即将来你校进行短暂交流学习，给你发了一封电子邮件，想要了解一下你们的学校生活情况.请认真阅读下面的邮件，根据信中的内容和你的实际情况用英语回复，字数80左右.注意：1.开头和结尾已写好，不计入总词数.2.回复必须包括所有要点，可适当发挥，使全文连贯通顺.3.文中不得提及人名，校名等相关信息.Dear Bill,Thank you for your letter. I am glad to tell you about my school life.If you have any other questions, write to me!Yours,Lihua答案与解析一、听力选择A.听对话回答问题本部分共有10小题，每小题你将听到一段对话，每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which subject does the man like best?A. B. C.2. What festival is it today?A. B. C.3. How does Linda often go to Sunshine Town?A. B. C.4. What do they often do after school?A. B. C.5. What size is the man's sweater now?A. Size SB. Size M.C. Size L.6. What is Tommy's mother looking for?A. Classes.B. Glasses.C. Bags.7. Whose bag is it?A. Daniel's.B. Millie's.C. Kitty's.8. How old is Mille?A.13B.14C.159. How many bottles of juice are there in the fridge?A. Two.B. Three.C. Five.10. Where are the speakers talking now?A. In a libraryB. In a post officeC. In a bookshopB.听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文，各听两遍.在听每段对话或短文前，你将有时间阅读相关小题，每小题5秒钟;听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项. 听下面一段对话，回答第11至12小题.11. Whose ball is this?A. Simon'sB. Peter'sC. Jill's12. What color is Jill's ball?A. Blue.B. Red.C. Green.听第一篇短文，回答第13至15小题.请根据短文内容，选择正确答案，完成信息记录表.13. A. 12 B. 13 C. 1414. A. brother B. sister C. grandfather15. A. Studying at school B. Playing basketball C. Listening to music听第二篇短文，回答第16至20小题.16. Who is Sally?A. A singerB. A sports loverC. My friend's sister17. What are under Sally's bed?A. Some ballsB. Some shoesC. Some books18. How many basketballs does Sally have?A. OneB. Two.C. Three19. Who does Sally like?A. Yao MingB. Kobe BryantC. LeBron James20. Which club is Sally in?A. The football Club.B. The Basketball Club.C. The V olleyball Club.二、单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.1.Hobo is e-dog, but his master Eddie is dog.A. an; asB. an; aC. a; anD. a; a【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：Hobo是一个电子狗，但是他的主人Eddie是一条狗.根据不定冠词a/an一个，通常用于泛指，a用于辅音音素开头的单数可数名词前，an用于元音音素开头单数可数名词前；根据e-dog元音音素开头，dog辅音音素开头；故选B【点睛】不定冠词的用法1.用于可数名词的单数形式前，指人或事物的某一类.2.指某人或某物，但不具体说明.3.表示“一”这个量词.4.用于某些固定词组中，例如：a few.定冠词的用法 1.特指某人或某物.2.指双方都知道的人或物.3.指上文提到过的人或物.4.用于世界上独一无二的事物前，例如：the moon.5.用于序数词和最高级前.2.My best friend Mike 12 years old and now in Zhangjiagang.A. is; liveB. is; livesC. are; liveD. are; lives【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：我最好的朋友迈克12岁，现在他住在张家港.根据第二人称和复数用are, 第三人称单数和不可数名词用is，根据主语My best friend Mike单三，所以第一个空用is，排除C/D；根据主语My best friend Mike单三，第二个空谓语动词用单数形式；故选B【点睛】动词be有三种形式am,is ,are,表达“是”第一人称单数用am,例如：I am a student.第二人称和复数用are,例如：You are a good boy./You are students.第三人称单数和不可数名词用is，例如：He is my son./Milk is white.3.Suzy enjoys . It helps her fit.A. dance; keepB. dance; keeps.C. dancing; keepD. dancing; keeps【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：Suzy喜欢跳舞，它帮她保持健康.根据enjoy doing sth喜欢做某事，排除A/B；根据help sb do sth帮助某人做某事；排除选项D，故选C4.―Is that your deskmate Kitty?―No, Mum. has short hair. Let me tell you about .A. She; sheB. She; herC. Her; sheD. Her; her【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——那是你的同桌，Kitty吗？——不是，妈妈，她有短发，让我告诉你关于她（的情况）.根据she 她，主格；her她的，（形容词性的物主代词）；她，（宾格）；根据第一句子缺少主语，所以用人称代词主格，about介词，后面用宾格，做介词宾语；故选B5.―I like volleyball very much, but I am not good at it.―You just need to more after school.A. readB. enjoyC. talkD. practice【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——我非常喜欢排球，但是我不擅长它.——你只是需要放学后多练习.A. read 阅读； B. enjoy 喜欢； C. talk 谈话； D. practice练习；根据I like volleyball very much, but I am not good at it.可知是放学后多练习打排球；故选D6.―When do you plan to meet for your school trip?―7:00 Sunday morning.A. At; inB. At; onC. On; inD. On; on【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——你们什么时候为学校的旅行准备集合？——在星期天上午7点.根据at放在几点钟前，当上午、下午、晚上有修饰词时用介词on，故选B【点睛】介词可以用在时间和地点前.放在时间前的用法：at放在几点钟前，例如：at one o’clock；on 用于具体的某一天前或者上午、下午、晚上有修饰词时，例如：on Thursday , on cold afternoon; in用于上午、下午、晚上、年、月等.放在地点前的用法：at+小地方，in+大地方，例如：at home, in Beijing 7.―How do you celebrate ?―Our family usually get together, have a big dinner and set off fireworks.A. Spring FestivalB. ChristmasC. Dragon Boat FestivalD. Halloween【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——你们怎么庆祝春节？——我们家人通常聚在一起，吃一顿丰盛的晚宴，放烟花.A. Spring Festival 春节； B. Christmas 圣诞节；C. Dragon Boat Festival 端午节； D. Halloween万圣节；根据havea big dinner and set off fireworks和各个节日风俗，可知是春节；故选A8.Mary eats fruit and vegetables and it's not good for her health.A. oftenB. alwaysC. seldomD. usually【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：玛丽很少吃水果和蔬菜，它对她的健康没好处.A. often 经常； B. always 总是； C. seldom 很少； D. usually通常；根据常识和后句：it's not good for her health.可知是很少吃水果和蔬菜；故选C 9.―Do we need food for the New Year's party?―Sure. We need fruit and snacks.A. some; someB. some; anyC. any; someD. any; any【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——我们新年聚会需要一些食物吗？——当然，我们需要一些水果和甜点.根据some通常用于肯定句，any通常用于否定句和疑问句；故选C10.―What would you like to order, Sir?―Let me ha ve a look at the , please.A. foodB. menuC. kitchenD. picture【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——你想点什么，先生？——让我看看菜单.A. food 食物； B. menu 菜单； C. kitchen 厨房； D. picture图画；根据What would you like to order, Sir?可知是在餐馆点菜，所以是看看菜单；故选B11.It's 7 in the morning. Three little monkeys in the trees.A. is playingB. are playingC. playsD. play【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：现在是早晨7点，三个小猴子正在树上玩.Ais playing现在进行时；Bare playing现在进行时；Cplays单三形式；Dplay动词原形.根据It's 7 in the morning.可知用现在进行时态，结构是be doing，排除C/D；根据主语Three little monkeys复数，所以用are；故选B12.―do you take a walk every day?―Less than 1 hour.A. How longB. How oftenC. How muchD. How many【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——你每周散步多上时间？——不到一小时.A. How long 多长，主要对做某事用多长时间进行提问， B. How often 多久，对频率进行提问, C. How much 多少，后用不可数名词； D. How many 多少，后用可数名词复数；根据Less than 1 hour可知问散步多长时间；故选A【点睛】how much多少，后用不可数名词；how many多少，后用可数名词复数；how long多长，主要对一段时间进行提问，例如：How long do you wtach TV at weekend?；how often多久，对频率进行提问,例如：How often do you go home?Once a week.；how soon多久，指将来某个动作发生这段时间提问，常用于一般将来时态中,例如:How soon will you come back?13.My sweater is made wool. It is very warm.A. fromB. inC. ofD. by【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：我的毛衣是羊毛做的，非常暖和.根据be made of由---制成（看出原材料），be made from 由---制成（看不出原材料），be made in 由某地生产，be made by由某人生产；根据wool.羊毛，能看出原材料；故选C【点睛】be made of由---制成（看出原材料）例如：This salad is made of apples and strwberries. ；be made from由---制成（看不出原材料）例如：The paper is made from wood. ；be made in 由某地生产，例如：This machine is made in China. ；be made into被做成---；例如：Trees can be made into paper. ；be made for为---生产，例如：These cups are made for the king.14.―Which subject do you like best?―I love Art best it's very interesting.A. soB. butC. andD. because【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——你最喜欢哪个科目？——我最喜欢美术，因为它非常有趣.A. so 所以； B. but 但是；C. and 和；D. because因为；根据I love Art best 和it's very interesting.之间的关系，可知是表示原因；故选D15.―? I want to know her.―She is tall and cool in a blue dress.A. How is KateB. What is Kate doingC. Which one is KateD. When can I meet Kate【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——凯特是哪个？我想认识她.——她穿着蓝裙子，又高又酷.A. How is Kate 凯特好吗？ B. What is Kate doing凯特在做什么？C. Which one is Kate凯特是哪个？ D. When can I meet Kate我什么时候能见凯特？根据I want to know her.和She is tall and cool in a blue dress.可知问凯特是哪个；故选C三、完形填空先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A、B、C、 D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项.We are snowflakes(雪花).Our home is in the big ___16___. When we are there, we are drops of water.We have many brothers. One day the ___17___ says to us," Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky. ___18___ we go to ride about in the sunshine.By and by we start for home. It is a ___19___ day, so we put on our white coats. The children see us come and say, "Oh, see the pretty snowflakes!" The children are very ___20___ to see us. We play with them. But we ___21___ too. There are many of us and we all work ___22___. We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___23___ coats over them and keep them ___24___. The flowers are glad to have us ___25___. When it is warm, our work here will be over. Then we shall go home to the sea.16. A. river B. sea C. lake D. park17. A. sun B. plant C. child D. flower18. A. But B. Because C. And D. So19. A. cold B. foggy C. warm D. hot20. A. angry B. sad C. glad D. sorry21. A. wait B. work C. talk D. think22. A. once B. only C. alone D. together23. A. his B. their C. our D. her24. A. beautiful B. warm C. clean D. happy25. A. learn B. play C. come D. go【答案】16. B 17. A 18. C 19. A 20. C 21. B 22. D 23. C 24. B 25. C【解析】我们是雪花，我们的家在大海，在那里我们成了水滴，一天太阳对我们说，小水滴到天上来，让我们在阳光下转转，它是一个冷天，我们都穿上白色的外套，孩子们看见我们非常高兴，我们和他们玩，但是我们也工作，我们一起工作，我们来的时候，花在他们的床上睡觉，我们把我们的外套放在他们上面，给他们保暖，花非常高兴让我们来.【16题详解】考查名词辨析.句意：我们的家在大海.A. river 河流； B. sea 大海； C. lake 湖； D. park公园；根据Then we shall go home to the sea.可知家在大海；故选B【17题详解】考查名词辨析.句意：一天太阳对我们说.A. sun 太阳； B. plant 植物； C. child 孩子； D. flower花；根据Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky. 小水滴到天上来，可知是太阳；故选A【18题详解】考查连词.句意：让我们在阳光下转转.A. But 但是； B. Because 因为； C. And 和； D. So所以；根据Little water drops(水滴)come into the sky.和we go to ride about in the sunshine.之间是递进关系，所以用and；故选C【19题详解】考查形容词辨析.句意：它是一个冷天.A. cold 冷； B. foggy 有雾的； C. warm 暖和的； D. hot热的；根据so we put on our white coats.可知是冷；故选A【20题详解】考查形容词辨析.句意：孩子们看见我们非常高兴.A. angry 生气的； B. sad 伤心的； C. glad 高兴的；D. sorry对不起；根据The children see us come and say, "Oh, see the pretty snowflakes!" 和We play with them.可知是高兴；故选C【21题详解】考查动词辨析.句意：但是我们也工作.A. wait 等待； B. work 工作； C. talk 谈话； D. think认为；根据we all work可知是工作；故选B【22题详解】考查副词.句意：我们一起工作.A. once 一次； B. only 仅仅； C. alone 独自； D. together一起；根据There are many of us and we all work ___7___. We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___8___ coats over them可知是一起工作；故选D【23题详解】考查物主代词.句意：我们把我们的外套放在他们上面.A. his 他的； B. their 他们的； C. our 我们的；D. her她的；根据so we put on our white coats.和We put可知是我们的外套；故选C【24题详解】考查形容词辨析.句意：给他们保暖.A. beautiful 美丽的； B. warm 暖和的；C. clean干净的； D. happy 幸福的；根据put ___8___ coats over them可知是保持暖和；故选B【25题详解】考查动词辨析.句意：花非常高兴让我们来.A. learn 学习； B. play 玩； C. come 来； D. go走；根据We come when the flowers sleep in their beds. We put ___8___ coats over them and keep them ___9___.可知是高兴让我们来；故选C四、阅读理解)阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项.ALost: A white dogMy name is Allan Green. My phone number is 216-0911. You can e-mail me atalan6512@163. com.Found: A purple schoolbagAn English book, a dictionary and some keys are in it.My name is Jenny Black. My phone number is 612-7878.Found: A photoI found a photo in the school library. A teacher, a girl and a boy are in the photo.The teacher is in a blue jacket. Is it yours? Call Mike at 216-9871.Lost: A model planeI lost my model plane. I must find it. Call Bill at 678-0911. E-mail me atbill808@.26. Allan can't find his .A. schoolbagB. dogC. photoD. model plane27. What's NOT in the schoolbag?A. A dictionary.B. An English book.C. A notebook.D. Some keys.28. What color is the teacher's jacket?A. White.B. Yellow.C. Blue.D. Purple.29. If you find a model plane, you can call .A. AlanB. JennyC. MikeD. Bill【答案】26. B 27. C 28. C 29. D【解析】这是两个寻物启事和两个招领启示.【26题详解】细节理解题.根据Lost: A white dog My name is Allan Green可知艾兰找不到狗了；故选B【27题详解】细节理解题.根据Found: A purple schoolbag An English book, a dictionary and some keys are in it.可知书包里有一本英语书、一个词典和一些钥匙；故选C【28题详解】细节理解题.根据The teacher is in a blue jacket.可知老师的夹克是蓝色；故选C【29题详解】细节理解题.根据Lost: A model plane I lost my model plane. I must find it. Call Bill at 678-0911.可知你如果发现了飞机模型，可以给比尔打电话；故选DBA little play does not harm any one, but does much good. After play, we should be glad to workI know a boy. He likes a good game very much. He could run, swim, jump and play ball; and is always happy when out of school.But he knows that time is not all for play and that our minutes, hours and days are very precious.At the end of his play, he will go home. After he washes his face and hands, and brushes his hair, he will help his mother, or read in his book, or write upon his slate.He often says, "One thing at a time." When he is done with work, he will play; but he does not try to play and to work at the same time.30. Which of the following about the boy is true?A. He likes to play a lot.B. He is not happy when he is at school.C. He is very good at sports.D. He enjoys playing when he is working.31. What does the word "harm" mean in Paragraph 1?A. 损害B. 保护C. 获得D. 同情32. What is the writer's main purpose(目的)of writing this article?A. The boy the writer knows is a good boy.B. The boy in the article is a good game player.C. We shouldn't play before finishing our homework.D. We should be happy to work after a little play.【答案】30. C 31. A 32. D【解析】小玩一下不会伤害任何人，玩后我们应该高兴的去工作，我认识一个男孩，他跑、跳、游泳和打球，放学后总是很高兴，他知道时间不能都来玩，每一分每一秒都很宝贵，在玩完后他洗脸、梳头、帮妈妈做家务、读书或写下他的活动，他总是说“一次做一样事情”，他尽量不边玩边学习.【30题详解】推理判断题.根据But he knows that time is not all for play and that our minutes, hours and days are very precious.可知A不对；根据He could run, swim, jump and play ball; and is always happy when out of school.可知B不对；根据He could run, swim, jump and play ball;可知C对；根据but he does not try to play and to work at the same time.可知D不对；故选C【31题详解】词义猜测题.根据A little play does not harm any one, but does much good. After play, we should be glad to work 可猜测是不会损害任何人；故选A【32题详解】主旨大意题.根据小玩一下不会伤害任何人，玩后我们应该高兴的去工作，我认识一个男孩，他跑、跳、游泳和打球，放学后总是很高兴，他知道时间不能都来玩，每一分每一秒都很宝贵，在玩完后他洗脸、梳头、帮妈妈做家务、读书或写下他的活动，他总是说“一次做一样事情”，他尽量不边玩边学习.可知目的是说小玩后我们应该高兴的去工作；故选DCOne day, a fox invites a stork(鹤)to his den(穴居)for dinner. The stork sits down at the table, and the fox brings out two bowls of soup. The fox quickly licks up(舔)all the soup in his bowl, but the stork can not drink any of the soup because the bowl is too shallow(浅的)for her long beak(嘴).The fox licks his lips and asks, "Why don't you eat your soup?" And before the stork can answer, the fox takes her bowl and licks it up.The stork, who is polite, says only, "It is polite of you to invite me to dinner. I would like to invite you to my place for dinner tomorrow."The next evening, when the fox sits down at the stork's table, soup is served in tall, heavy jars(堆子).The stork drinks down her soup happily, but the fox can not get the soup inside. This time, the fox is hungry but he is also wiser.33. Why does the fox invite the stork for dinner?A. The stork is the fox's good friend.B. The fox has delicious food at his den.C. The fox wants to play a trick on the stork.D. The stork likes to eat the fox's tasty soup.34. The stork asks the fox to dinner to .A. show his politenessB. give the fox a lessonC. treat the fox like a friendD. say his thanks to the fox35. What may the fox do next time when he invites the stork to dinner?A. He will let the stork have a good meal.B. He will make the stork hungry again.C. He will ask the stork to cook for him.D. He will use a shallow bowl for the stork.【答案】33. C 34. B 35. A【解析】一天，一个狐狸邀请一只鹤去吃晚饭，狐狸拿出两碗汤，狐狸很快喝完了，鹤不能喝到任何汤，因为碗太浅了，但是鹤很有礼貌，没说什么，邀请狐狸第二天去他家做客，第二天鹤把汤放在了又高又重的罐子里，狐狸也不能喝到，这次狐狸很饿.【33题详解】细节理解题.根据The fox quickly licks up(舔)all the soup in his bowl, but the stork can not drink any of the soup because the bowl is too shallow(浅的)for her long beak(嘴).The fox licks his lips and asks, "Why don't you eat your soup?" And before the stork can answer, the fox takes her bowl and licks it up.可知狐狸想捉弄鹤；故选C【34题详解】细节理解题.根据The next evening, when the fox sits down at the stork's table, soup is served in tall, heavy jars(堆子).The stork drinks down her soup happily, but the fox can not get the soup inside.可知是想给狐狸一个教训；故选B【35题详解】推理猜测题.根据This time, the fox is hungry but he is also wiser.可猜测下次狐狸再邀请鹤吃晚饭时，可能会让鹤吃一顿好饭；故选A五、单词检测根据下列句子所给音标、汉语注释或上下文，写出空白处各单词的正确形式.每空只写一词.36. Eddie is very ______ ['leizi]. He spends much time in bed.37. My gloves feel very ______ [smu:ð] and they are comfortable to wear.38. Our classmates want to help the children in some poor ______ ['eəriəs].39. My parents always give me nice ______ (礼物)on my birthday.40. Amy likes ______ (收集)football cards.41. Morning exercises help us get ______ (准备好)for the day.42. ―How much does the dress ______?―500 yuan.43. ―I don't like the black shoes. Can I see ______ pair?―Sure. What about this white pair?44. ―What do you think of the yellow blouse?―I t looks great ______ you.45. ―Would you like something to eat?。
2024年牛津译林版初一上学期期末英语试题及解答参考
2024年牛津译林版英语初一上学期期末自测试题及解答参考一、听力部分（本大题有20小题，每小题1分，共20分）1、Listen to the sentence and choose the correct picture.•The boy is playing basketball in the park.Answer: BExplanation: The sentence describes a boy playing basketball, and picture B shows aboy doing this activity.2、Listen to the sentence and choose the correct picture.•The girl is listening to music and drawing at the same time.Answer: DExplanation: The sentence describes a girl listening to music and drawing at the same time, and picture D shows this activity.3、Listen to the passage and choose the best answer for each question.听短文，选择每个问题的最佳答案。
3、(A) 2[答案解析] The passage describes the weather conditions in a city. The weather turned from sunny to rainy. The best answer is 2, “It rained in the afternoon and was sunny in the morning.”4、Listen to the dialogue and answer the following questions.听对话并回答以下问题。
最新牛津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末测试题》及答案
七年级上学期英语期末测试卷单项选择1.Which of the underlined letters "oo" has a different sound?A. footB. noonC. coolD. tooth2.—Sandy, _______ apple on the table is for you. Have it before you go to bed.— Thanks, Mum. ______ apple a day keeps the doctor away.A. an; AnB. the; AnC. an; TheD. the; The3.Jim’s house is made _____wood and his bedroom is______ the second floor.A. of; inB. from; onC. of; onD. from; in4.We'll have the Term Ending Ceremony ______ 2:30 __________ the afternoon of 18 January.A. at; inB. at; onC. on; inD. on; on5.Young children cannot __________ fireworks if their parents are not with them.A. think aboutB. talk ofC. find outD. let off6.There __________ some bread in the kitchen. You can have some.A. haveB. hasC. areD. is7.—Which of the two apples are you going to take?—I am going to take___. One is for my brother and the other is for myself. We can eat____meals.A. both; betweenB. both; amongC. all; betweenD. all; among8.—What do you think of these three hair clips?—________ of them are nice. I'll take them.A. EveryB. EachC. AllD. Both9. - What would you like to order?- Let me have a look at the_______, please.A. bookB. dishC. menuD. plate10.—________ do you celebrate Chinese New Year?—All my families get together and have a big dinner.A. WhyB. WhatC. HowD. Where11.The activity is _______. And we send _______ to the children in poor areas.A. enough meaningful, enough foodB. enough meaningful, food enoughC. meaningful enough, enough foodD. meaningful enough, food enough12.Daniel plays computer games now because he is busy with his after-school activities.A. alwaysB. usuallyC. oftenD. seldom13.Which of the following cities isn’t a capital city?A. PairsB. LondonC. New YorkD. Moscow14.—What ______ big fish it is! —So it is! And ______ fish is my favorite food. A/; / B. a; the C. /; the D. a; / 15.—______ do you take ______? —Every day. And I am very healthy. A. How often; exercise B. How long; exercises C. How much; exercise D. How many; exercises 16. It’s polite to__________ the door first before you go into someone else’s room.A. find out B. knock on C. shout at D. look for 17.--The passage is easy. There are _________ new words in it. --Yes, but I don't think _________ can understand it. A. few; anyone B. a few; anyone C. few; everyone D. a few; everyone18.In the basket ___________a piece of meat and some tomatoes.A. hasB. haveC. isD. are19. I hope _______to my birthday party next Friday.A. them to comeB. they to comeC. them can comeD. they can come20.―My trousers fit me well. What about ________?―Mine are too small. I’d like to buy a new _________.A. you; oneB. yours; oneC. yours; pairD. you; pair21.— ________ my purple gloves?— They are nice.A. What do you like aboutB. How do you think ofC. What do you likeD. What do you think of22.—________your brother free at weekends? — No. He______ has much homework to do.A. Is; alwaysB. Does; alwaysC. Does; seldomD. Is; seldom23.—The new kind of bike is more than 5000 yuan.—Yes. Good things always _______ much.A. payB. spendC. costD. take24. My parents and I ______ like eating western food.A. are allB. bothC.allD. are both 25.—Who is ___________ boy over there? —He is Tom. He likes reading. He is reading ___________ useful book. A. the; an B. a; an C. the; / D. the; a 26.The shopping mall near our school _________ for 12 hours a day. It _________ at 9:00 p.m.. A. opens; closes B. opens; is closed C. is open; is closed D. is open; closes27.Lucy’s desk is_____ the classroom and Lily i s standing _____of her desk now.A. in front of; in front ofB. in the front of; in the front ofC. in front of; in the front ofD. in the front of; in front of28._____students can work out the maths problem on time because it’s too difficult.A. Lots ofB. MuchC. FewD. A few29.Tom lives 3 kilometers_____ school,so he must get up early in the morning.A. fromB. far away fromC. awayD. far away30.The Spring Festival is usually____January or February and it’s often cold_____this time of year.A. in; onB. at; inC. in; atD. on; at31.Can you help me __________ when the train leaves?A. look forB. findC. think ofD. find out32.— Do you know __________ the Yangtze River is?— More than 6, 300 kilometers.A. how farB. how longC. how manyD. how often33.Everyone gets a gift packet and it _________ a T-shirt and a map.A. matchesB. is matchingC. includesD. is including34.I think you ________ your lifestyle. Eat less and exercise more.A. need keepB. need to keepC. need changeD. need to change35.Look! Molly with her baby dogs ___________ on the grass in the sun. How lovely!A. lieB. liesC. is lyingD. are lying36.Our PE teacher _________ an orange T-shirt and blue jeans today. He looks younger.A. is putting onB. is wearingC. is havingD. is trying37.It’s about 1 a.m. There are very__________ people in the street and cars are running fast.A. fewB. a fewC. muchD. many38.一The job really ____________ you, Tommy.一Yeah, I love it! And it makes my dream _____________ true.A. fits; to comeB. matches; comeC. fits; comeD. matches; to come39.___________of my parents like me very much. ___________ of us in my family are friendly.A. All; BothB. Both; AllC. All; AllD. Both; Both40.I am a member of the ________ Club. Look, in the picture, I am scoring a goal.A. FootballB. MathsC. ReadingD. Swimming词汇运用41. We can see some ___________(hero) photos on the wall. We should learn from them.42. Drinking too much cola is bad for our________ (tooth).43. Tommy is not ________ (interest) in going on a picnic, he likes going for a party.44. Cathy speaks very good English, because she practices ________ (speak) English with her friend in the USA every day.45. Sandy’s boots are ________ (make) of leather. She looks modern in them.46. — How many ______(radio) are there in your home? — Only one.47. More and more people begin to love _________ (现代的) art.48. There are all kinds of ________(围巾) in the clothes shop. I don’t know which one to buy.49. Tom feels it very___________(舒适的) to live in the house with a swimming pool.50. The price of the CDs isn’t _________ (昂贵的), I want to buy them.51. __________ (地理) is an interesting subject, I like it very much.52. —Can you tell me the ___________(原因) for your being late for school?—Sorry, I got up late this morning.完成句子53. 李华和大卫都是运动俱乐部的成员，他们篮球打得很好。
期末模拟试卷2022-2023学年牛津译林版英语七年级上册
初一英语期末模拟试题一、单项选择( ) 1. Sandy likes playing _____ badminton after _____ dinner.A. the; theB. the; /C. /; /D. /; the( ) 2. ---What _______ the number of the girls in your class? ---About twenty.A. isB. amC. areD. be( ) 3. No news _____ good news.A. isB. amC. areD. be( ) 4. She has _____ cousins here.A. anyB. notC. not aD. no( ) 5. ---How much ______ the pair of shoes? ----Ten dollars _______ enough.A. is; areB. are; isC. are; areD. is; is( ) 6. ---Thank you for helping me. --- ___________.A. You are welcomeB. Don’t say soC. That’s rightD. No problem( ) 7. I don‘t want to buy the same things ________Amy does.A. likeB. asC. forD. at( ) 8. He is ________his book．Can he________ it?A. 1ooking for；findB. finding；look forC. 1ooks for；findsD. finds；looks for( ) 9. There is one ______ shop and two ________ shops on Nanjing Road.A. sport; shoesB. sports; shoesC. sports; shoeD. sport; shoe( ) 10. Can you __________?A. buy some milk to me B .buy me any milkC. buy any milk for meD. buy some milk for me( ) 11. —The dress is 60 yuan. —Good. I'll take it. It's so ________.A. cheapB. expensiveC. highD. low( ) 12. ---Who will you give the coat _______?--- I’ll give my son ________ a birthday present.A. for; forB. to; asC. to; forD. for; as( ) 13. Don’t speak _____ him. He is talking ____ his friends ____ the phone.A. with; with; onB. to; with; onC. with; to; inD. with; about; in ( ) 14. My father ____ in a shop, but he _____ there these days.A. works; isn’t workingB. is working; worksC. works; not workD. works; doesn’t work( ) 15. —Who cooks dinner in your family every day? — Mother _____.A. cooksB. isC. areD. does( ) 16. Daniel goes to the zoo ________ a month.A. sometimesB. some timesC. some timeD. sometime( ) 17. Can you ____ English and do you know how to _____ this in English?A. speak; speakB. say; speakC. speak; sayD. speak; tell( ) 18. Halloween is coming. What will you ________?A. dressB. dress upC. dress asD. dress up as( ) 19. Who does your mother ________ every day?A. dressB. dress up inC. dress asD. dress up as( ) 20. —Happy New Year! —________.A. I’m glad to hear that.B. Yes, it’s OK.C. The same to you.D. Thank you.( ) 21. One sock is on the bed. Where’s _______?A. othersB. the other oneC. anotherD. the others( ) 22. In China, some people like the KFC, some like Pizza Hut, and ____ like McDonalds.A. another oneB. the otherC. anotherD. the others( ) 23. Please come here and ________ this map.A. take a lookB. have a lookC. take a look atD. look( ) 24. It is a nice bag, but it only _______ me ten yuan.A. spendsB. takesC. paysD. costs( ) 25. How much are the scarves __________?A. spendB. takeC. /D. cost( ) 26. My mother hopes _____ at school.A. me to have funB. me have funC. I enjoy myselfD.I play happy( ) 27. Kitty goes to the dancing lesson _______ every Friday afternoon.A. inB. onC. atD. /( ) 28. ________ news do you hear every day?A. How oftenB. How longC. How muchD. How many times( ) 29. ---________ do you play football? ---Twice a week.A. How oftenB. How longC. How muchD. How many times( ) 30. ---________ do you play football every week? ---Twice a week.A. How oftenB. How longC. How muchD. How many times( ) 31. That pair of glasses ______ mine.A. are like B look like C. is like D. likes( ) 32. How beautiful your dress is! I want to buy _______.A. itB. oneC. themD. a( ) 33. The room is _______ for sixteen boys _______.A. big enough; to liveB. enough big; to liveC. big enough; to live inD. enough big; to live in( ) 34. _____ big the fire is! And _____ brave young man Zhang Hua is!A. What; what aB. What a; howC. How; howD. How; what a( ) 35. ________ nice the weather is!A. How anB. What anC. HowD. What( ) 36. I’d like to have a look at your new bike. Please show _______.A. me itB. it for meC. it to meD. me for it二、用所给词适当形式填空1. Each of the workers _________________ (carry) a bag to the factory at the moment.2. I hate _________(see) a film before _________(go) shopping.3. Suzhou is a wonderful place _____________ (travel).4. The boy ________________ (like) fried chicken because it’s unhealthy.5. Peter ____________ (not like) noodles with vegetables.6. Father is sleeping. Would you please ____________ (not shout) so loudly?7. It’s a fine day for ________. Let’s go out for a _________ (walk).8. He Mrs. Wu always makes her class ____________ (interest). All the students like her.9. It’s fun ________ (play) a ball game after ________ (finish) your homework.10. Li Lei is the best ________ (run) in my class. He is good at _________ (run).11. What about __________ (meet) at the school gate?12. Can Jack and his classmates ______ (be) good friends?13. The football is those __________ (hero). Pass it on to them.14. Water and air are very important for us. We can’t live __________(with) them.15. I don’t want to go out because it ___________(rain) heavily outside.16. Why not _______(ask) your teacher for help?17. Mr. Green has three children, _________ (include) two sons and a daughter.18. This story book _________ (include) fifty books.19. Will the boy play computer games after he _________ (finish) his work?20. Will the boy play computer games after _____________ (finish) his work?21. We have a lot of _____________ (celebrate) at the Chinese New Year.22. He is among the best __________ (swim) in the national swimming team.23. There is a comfortable room _________ (live) in. There are six boys __________ (live) in it.三、阅读理解(should spend_________.A. 60 yuanB. 90 yuanC.120 yuanD.150 yuan ( ) 2. You are eight years old. If you don’t take any money, you _________.A. can’t go to any placeB. can go to only one placeC. can go to two placesD. can go to three places( ) 3. It is 6.35 a.m. on Sunday, you can visit ________.A. Zijin Mountain ObservationB. Xuanwu LakeC. Nanjing ZooD. both and( ) 4. How do we say “free” in Chinese in the information?A. 空闲的B. 免费的C. 便宜的D. 昂贵的( ) 5. From the information, we can know _________.A. Nanjing Zoo is open for 12 hours a day on TuesdayB. the price for adults is 60 yuan in Xuanwu LakeC. you can only go to Nanjing Zoo from Monday to FridayD. children under 8 can’t go to Nanjing Zoo四、任务型阅读Two old women live in a quiet street in Paris. They are friends and neighbors(邻居). They often go for a walk along the street on fine days.One day, they are walking by the River Seine(塞纳河). The sun shines, the weather is warm, there are flowers everywhere and there are boats on the water.The two women walk happily for half an hour. And then one of them says to the othe . “Th ere’s a very beautiful girl.”“Where is the girl?” says the other. “I only see two young men. They are walking towards(朝向) us.”“The girl’s walking behind us.” says the first woman quietly.“But how can you see her?” says the second old woman quietly. The first woman smiles and says, “I can't see her, but I can see the young men's eyes.”1. Does the two old women often go out for a walk together?___________________________________________________________________.2. Where do the old women take a walk?___________________________________________________________________.3. How is the weather that day?___________________________________________________________________.4. Why does the first woman think a beautiful girl is walking behind them?___________________________________________________________________.5. Who is clever in the story?___________________________________________________________________.五、完成句子1. 他下周五将去参加一场重要的时装表演。
最新牛津译林版英语七年级上学期《期末测试题》(附答案)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题第I 卷选择题听力第一部分听对话，回答问题.本部分共有15道小题，每小题你将听到一段对话, 每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目；听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 1. Who is Lily’s friend?2. What sport does Jim like best?3.What is Millie doing at 7:30 today?4. Which is Simon’s favourite festival?5. What is James? A. A basketball player. B. A sports lover. C. David’s friend.6. How does John usually get to school? A. By bus. B. By bike. C. On foot.7. Where are they talking now? A. In a restaurant. B. In a library. C. In a bookshop.8. When does Tom do his homework? A. In the morning. B. In the afternoon. C. At night.9. How much do the hat and the dress cost? A. 33 yuan. B. 36 yuan. C. 37 yuan.10. What does the man think of the trainers?A. The trainers are nice but too small.B. The trainers are not comfortable but cheap.C. The trainers are not small.第二部分听对话或短文，回答问题.这一部分你将听到三段对话和两篇短文，各听两遍.听每段对话或短文前，你将有时间阅读相关小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，每小题你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 听第一段材料，回答第11-12题.11. Where is Amy going?A. A toy shop.B. A flower shop.C. A food shop.12. How many people are going shopping together finally (最终)?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.听第一篇短文，回答13-15题.请根据短文内容，选择正确答案，完成信息记录表.13. A. This Friday B. This Saturday C. This Sunday14. A. at 10:30 a.m. B. at 11:00 a.m. C. at 11:30 a.m.15. A. Swimming B. Boating C. Running听第二篇短文，回答第16-20题.16. Mrs. Black is a 95-year-old woman from ______.A. AmericaB. JapanC. England17. Mrs. Black sleeps ______ hours a night.A. 7B. 8C. 918. Mrs. Black goes swimming at the nearby beach ______.A. every morningB. every afternoonC. every evening19. When the weather is fine, Mrs. Black also goes fishing with her ______.A. sonsB. daughtersC. grandchildren20. For the evening meal, Mrs. Black usually has ______, vegetables, rice and some soup.A.fishB. tomatoesC. chicken 单项选择从下列每题所给的选项中，选择一个最佳答案. 1.---Jackson seldom has _______ breakfast. ---It is _______ unhealthy lifestyle. You must ask him to change it. A. /; an B. the; an C. the; a,D. /; a 2.—When do you usually celebrate Christmas, Mr. Wu? —_______ 7:30 _______ the evening of December 25th. A. On; in B. At; on C. At; in D. On; on 3. —— ______ TV do you watch every day? ——About two hours. A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often 4.－Mike, is it time _______ after-school activities? －Yes, let’s _______ to th e Reading Club. A. for, go B. to, goes C. for, going D. to, go 5.—Here comes the taxi! Where is Miss Liu? —She can’t go to the museum with us. She _______ some visitors around our school.A. showsB. is showingC. are showingD. show6.—________?—Father’s Day is coming. I’d like to buy a present for my father.A. How much would you likeB. What can I do for youC. What colour do you wantD. What size would you like?7.—Your skirt is really beautiful.—Thank you. Do you like _______, too?A.appleB. bananaC. lemonD. orange 8.—Sorry, the price of the trouser is too _______. —OK. Would you like to have a look at a cheaper ________? A. expensive; one B. expensive; pair C. high; one D. high; pair. 9.—_______ do you go fishing? — Once a month. A. How often B. How long C. How far D. How soon 10. -–Who would you like to buy the coat________? --- I’d like to give it to my brother ________ a present.A. for, for B. to, as C. for, as D. for, to 11.—The gloves are very beautiful. Can I _______? —Yes, of course. A. try it on B. try them on C. try on it D. try on them12.—Would you like to drink _______ juice ?—Yes, I’d love to. But there isn’t _______ juice in the glass.A. some; someB. any; someC. some; anyD. any; any13.—What do you think of my red and white coat? It _______ cotton.—It looks lovely on you.A. is made inB. is made ofC. is made fromD. is made for14. —May I have a cat at home, Dad?—Yes, you can. But you must know how to it.A. look afterB. look atC. look forD. look like15.—Happy New Year to you, Simon.—_______.A. Really? Thank you.B. Oh, I don’t think so.C. No. I am not cool at all.D. The same to you.完形填空Once there is a rich man named Chulong.One day, he is walking in his garden when he sees a strange ___16___ with beautiful colours and sweet voice in a tree. Chulong ___17___ goes near the tree and catches the bird. He thinks he can ___18___ it and gets lots of money.“Don’t think about making money through me!” says the bird, “___19___ will buy me, because I will lose my beauty and sweet voice if I am not free.” Chulong loses his hope of making money. He becomes angry and wants to ___20___ the bird for the meat.Then the ___21___ bird says, “Well, if you let me go, I will teach you ___22___ easy but useful rules, which can do good to you.”Chulong doesn’t believe the bird ___23___, and he is afraid that the bird will fly away. However, the bird promises(承诺) it will keep its word(守信). Chulong wants to have a try. He sets the bird free and it sits in a tree. It becomes ___24___ again.Chulong asks, “Now teach me the rules.” “Sure,” says the bird.Then the bird teaches Chulong the ___25___: The first rule is Never believe everything others say. The second rule is Never be sad about something you don’t ___26___. The third rule is Never throw away what you have in your hand.“You silly bird!” ___27___ Chulong, “Everyone knows these rules.”But the bird says, “Today, you have me in your hand, but you throw me away. You believe all that I say. And you are ___28___ about not having me. The rules are easy, ___29___ you never follow them. Now do you understand? Just sit down and think for a while.” With these words, the bird___30___.16. A. cat B. bird C. panda D. monkey17. A. happily B. sadly C. slowly D. friendly18. A. eat B. study C. draw D. sell19. A. Nobody B. Somebody C. Anybody D. Everybody20. A. find B. borrow C. smell D. kill21. A. busy B. helpful C. clever D. lucky22. A. three B. four C. five D. six23. A. at present B. later on C. at first D. at last24. A. healthy B. beautiful C. lazy D. busy25. A. songs B. words C. rules D. lesson26. A. have B. want C. know D. need27. A. smiles B. shouts C. laughs D. thinks28. A. happy B. excited C. angry D. sad29. A. and B. so C. but D. because30. A. stands up B. jumps down C. flies away D. gets up阅读理解AIn Sunshine Town if you want to go to the cinema or theatre, look at the following first.31. Miss Brown wants to see a film at 8:30 p.m., she can call _______.A. 010-6699 6644B. 010-6697 3219C. 010-6699 9977D. 010-6699 383432. Mrs. Wang will go to Sunshine Modern Cinema for a film with her 65-year-old fatherand her 13-year-old little son. She should pay _______.A. ￥80B. ￥90C. ￥110D. ￥12033. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?A. You can see a play at Sunshine Theatre on Mondays at 10:30 a.m.B. The young can only pay￥20 when they go to Sunshine Cinema.C. You can call 010-6699 6644 if you want to watch a play.D. Sunshine Modern Cinema is open from 10:00 a.m.-11:30 p.m. at weekends.BDo you know what “pay it forward” means? It’s not paying for something before you buy it. “Pay it forward” is to do something nice for another person for no reason. Then that person can do something nice for someone else.You may think it doesn’t seem like much. But this kind act can spread(传播) really fast.One day, a woman buys McDonald’s in Florida, US. She also buys the next person’s meal. Well, that person does the same thing, and the next person does too. Soon, 250 people buy meals for another person!You can “pay it forward” by doing some other nice things for anyone around you. Just look for little things, like helping your mom clean the house without her asking. It can make a person’s day. Then, tell them to do three kind things for someone else. This way, anyone can make the world a better place.34. “Pay it forward” means _______.A. you give money first and then get thingsB. you get something without paying for itC. you do something good for another person for no reasonD. you buy many things for others35. After the woman in Florida buys food for the next person, _______.A. 250 people after her do the same thing for othersB. 250 people come to let the woman pay for themC. 250 people come to pay for the womanD. McDonald’s gives the woman a free meal36. In the last paragraph(段落), the writer _______.A.talks about how she does kind things at homeB. shows “paying it forward” is not good enoughC. tells us to do three kind things for momD. wants people to do nice things to make a better world 37. What is the best title(标题) for the passage?A. Paying for something before buying it.B. Buying meals for others.C. Kind acts make a better world.D. Doing three kind things a day.CDo you want to grow up? If not, then fly to Neverland（梦幻岛）like the kids do in “Peter Pan”!In the film, three kids---Wendy, John and Michael Darling---are enjoying life at home in London, England.But one night, a boy called Peter Pan flies into their room! He comes from an island called Neverland. He lives there with the Lost Boys, a group of boys w ho don’t want to grow up. Peter Pan wants the children to go with him to Neverland. He also wants Wendy to look after the Lost Boys.The children decide to fly with him to Neverland. But when they get there, they find out the Lost Boys are at war(战争) with Captain Cook, a pirate(海盗).Who will win? You have to watch the film to find out!The film is based on(改编于) the book, “Peter Pan, or The boy Who Just Wouldn’t Grow Up”, by James Barrie. Children have loved the story for over 100 years.38. Who live in London?A. Wendy, Peter Pan and Michael Darling.B. Wendy, John and Michael Darling.C. Peter Pan, John and Michael Darling.D. Wendy, John and Peter Pan.39. Who lives in the island called Neverland?A. Peter PanB. The Lost BoysC. The three boys from LondonD. Both A and B40. Which is wrong about the Lost Boys?A. The Lost Boys live with Peter Pan.B. The Lost Boys live in London.C. The Lost Boys hate growing up.D. The Lost Boys are a group of boys.41. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?A. Peter Pan will look after the Lost Boys himself.B. We will know who can win after we see the film or read the book.C. Children love this story.D. This passage tells the story of Peter Pan.DDear dad, you want a beautiful garden! but you don’t want to work hard! So why not get your family to do the work for you!If you want a new pond (池塘) in your garden, you can give your dog a bone. Dogs always dig (挖) a big hole inthe garden. You can put water in this hole to make your pond.Sometimes you must cut the grass in your garden. You can get your son to do this for you. Tell him that the lawnmower (割草机) is a fast car. He can run around the garden and cut the grass. It makes him feel like a driver.You can ask your wife to grow all your vegetables and fruits. Tell her that this is a good way to save money. Then she can spend more money on new clothes or shoes.Buy a rabbit for your daughter. Rabbits like to sleep on grass and eat carrots. Your daughter can take away all the old grass. Also, she can help your wife with the garden work so she can get carrots for her rabbit.Grandfather and grandmother can also help. Tell them that working in the garden will be good to their health. They can also get some fun too. Now,you can sit in a garden chair! You can watch your family working! You can drink tea and enjoy the sunshine!42. The writer’s dad wants ________.A. to work in his gardenB. to ask his children to work in the gardenC. a beautiful gardenD. a lawnmower for his garden43. Dad can make ________ dig a pond for him.A. the pet dogB. his wifeC. his parentsD. his son44. The writer’s mother may be busy ________ in the garden.A. saving moneyB. growing vegetablesC. doing some shoppingD. eating fruits45. Why do you think the writer say those words to his father?A. Because his father is too busy, so he needs help.B. Because his father wants a beautiful garden.C. Because his father doesn’t know how to work in the garden.D. Because he wants to make his father work hard in the garden.第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）词汇应用根据句子意思，用括号中所给汉语提示或英语单词的适当形式填空.（每空一词）46. His father often takes _______ (he) for a walk in the field.47. Tom with his friends often _______ (fly) kites on Sundays.48. What about _______ (lie) on the grass after lunch？49. Simon likes badminton. Lin Dan is one of his _______ (hero).50. Our school is _________ (real) beautiful. We like it.51. Simon has many _______ (爱好), such as playing basketball, drawing and singing.52. May I _______ (借)some money from you ?53. Tony usually _________(醒) up at 6:00 every morning. What about you?54. My father often goes fishing on ___________ (周二) afternoon .55. The boy_______(有) a big mouth is 8 years old.任务型阅读阅读下面短文，根据短文内容完成表格中所缺信息，每空一词.Few children grow up without knowing or having a toy bear. But how much do you know about bears’ life?How do bears get food?Some large bears have claws (爪子) about five inches long. They use the claws to get roots (根) and catch fish. In the snow, a polar bear (北极熊) sometimes puts its white claws over its nose and mouth. In this way, it isn’t easy for other small animals to find it. Then it can get those animals for dinner easily.What do bears eat?Most bears eat roots and leaves of plants. Some bears also eat meat when they can get it easily. Polar bears like eating meat from seals (海豹).What do you know about baby bears?Black bears like sleeping in winter. And baby bears are usually born then. The babies are only a few hundred grams (克) at birth. But they grow quickly. A week later, the babies can open their eyes. And when spring comes, they are big enough to go up to trees for fun!___62___ bears? They grow ___64___ and are big enough to go up to trees in____65____.短文填空根据短文内容及首字母提示，补全空格内单词，使短文完整、通顺.We all know the story of Mulan. It tells us about a girl n___66___ Hua Mulan. She d___67___ up like a man to take her father’s place in the army.(代父从军)Now Disney will make a Mulan film. A C___68___ girl Liu Yifei will play Mulan in the Disney film. Liu stands out(脱颖而出) from m___69___ than 1,000 actresses around the world. She s___70___ English well and has good kung fu skills.Liu Yifei is 30 y___71___ old now. She is p___72___ with young people in China. Her nickna me is “Fairy(仙女) Sister” b___73___she looks beautiful. She is excited to play the role.“I love Mulan’s courage and fearlessness(无畏). I g___74___ my thanks to Disney for believing in me. I’llt___75___my best! ”She wrote on Sina Weibo.书面表达根据中文意思，翻译下列句子.76. 谢谢你帮我学英语.77. 吃健康的食物对我们健康有好处.78. 图书馆从早上八点到下午五点半开门.79. 在你回家的路上请带个生日蛋糕给我.80. 父母在春节之前为我们准备好新衣服.写作81.某学校举行本年度“最佳班长”评选活动.请根据表格中的中文提示,以“The Best Monitor”为题写一篇短文介绍班长Daniel 的情况及推荐理由.注意：1. 词数100 左右，不得出现真实的姓名和人名.2. 包括所有内容要点，可适当发挥，使其连贯、通顺.3. 开头已给出，不计入总词数.The Best MonitorI’d like to choose Daniel to be this year’s BestMonitor._____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________答案与解析第I 卷选择题听力第一部分听对话，回答问题.本部分共有15道小题，每小题你将听到一段对话, 每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目；听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 1. Who is Lily’s friend?2. What sport does Jim like best?3. What is Millie doing at 7:30 today?4. Which is Simon’s favourite festi val?5. What is James?A. A basketball player.B. A sports lover.C. David’s friend.6. How does John usually get to school?A. By bus.B. By bike.C. On foot.7. Where are they talking now?A. In a restaurant.B. In a library.C. In a bookshop.8. When does Tom do his homework?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. At night.9. How much do the hat and the dress cost?A. 33 yuan.B. 36 yuan.C. 37 yuan.10. What does the man think of the trainers?A. The trainers are nice but too small.B. The trainers are not comfortable but cheap.C. The trainers are not small.第二部分听对话或短文，回答问题.这一部分你将听到三段对话和两篇短文，各听两遍.听每段对话或短文前，你将有时间阅读相关小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，每小题你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案. 听第一段材料，回答第11-12题.11. Where is Amy going?A. A toy shop.B. A flower shop.C. A food shop.12. How many people are going shopping together finally (最终)?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.听第一篇短文，回答13-15题.请根据短文内容，选择正确答案，完成信息记录表.13. A. This Friday B. This Saturday C. This Sunday14. A. at 10:30 a.m. B. at 11:00 a.m. C. at 11:30 a.m.15. A. Swimming B. Boating C. Running听第二篇短文，回答第16-20题.16. Mrs. Black is a 95-year-old woman from ______.A. AmericaB. JapanC. England17. Mrs. Black sleeps ______ hours a night.A. 7B. 8C. 918. Mrs. Black goes swimming at the nearby beach ______.A. every morningB. every afternoonC. every evening19. When the weather is fine, Mrs. Black also goes fishing with her ______.A. sonsB. daughtersC. grandchildren20. For the evening meal, Mrs. Black usually has ______, vegetables, rice and some soup.A. fishB. tomatoesC. chicken单项选择从下列每题所给的选项中，选择一个最佳答案.1.---Jackson seldom has _______ breakfast.---It is _______ unhealthy lifestyle. You must ask him to change it.A. /; anB. the; anC. the; a,D. /; a【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：---杰克逊很少吃早饭.----这是一种不健康的生活方式.你必须让他改掉.考查冠词辨析.三餐球类运动前不使用任何冠词，所以“吃早饭”是have breakfast，可排除B和C；the是表示特指，意思是“这，那，这些，那些”.不定冠词a/an：一（个，只…），表示某种物品中的一个，泛指，a用于辅音音素开头的可数名词单数前，an用于元音因素开头的可数名词单数前；第二句中表示泛指，指一种不健康的生活方式，unhealthy [ʌnˈhelθi]元音因素开头，可知用an；故选A.2.—When do you usually celebrate Christmas, Mr. Wu?—_______ 7:30 _______ the evening of December 25th.A. On; inB. At; onC. At; inD. On; on【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：Mr.Wu，你通常什么时候庆祝圣诞节？—在12月25日晚上的7：30.本题考查的是时间介词辨析，at后面跟具体的某一时刻；on后面接具体的某一天；in后面接不是具体的某一天，根据第一个空后面的7:30可知，第一个空应该是at，排除A和D，第二个空后面的the evening of December 25th可知是具体的某一时间，所以用on，排除C，故答案选B.【点睛】at, in, on与时间搭配：at加时间点、时刻以及节日前用at.如at noon, at night; at New Year.in表示较长的时间（年、月、世纪、上午、下午、晚上等）.如in the 1990s, in the morning.on用于具体到某一天的日子或早晨、下午、晚上前有修饰词的时候.如on October 1st, on the morning of January 4th.例如题目中，根据第一个空后面的7:30可知，第一个空应该是at，排除A和D，第二个空后面的the evening of December 25th可知是具体的某一时间，所以用on，排除C，故答案选B.3. —— ______ TV do you watch every day?——About two hours.A. How muchB. How manyC. How longD. How often【答案】A【解析】试题分析：How much多少钱，用来提问不可数名词的量；How many多少个；How long 多长；How often 多久一次.根据下文，大约两个小时，及TV可知上文问的是看多少电视，本句中TV表示抽象含义，不可数，故选A.考点：疑问词辨析点评：该题型是属于英语考试中的基础题型，是必考内容.答题前首先要理解每个选项的基本含义及用法，并注意交叉含义间的区别，然后根据答语，以及该疑问词在句子中承担的句子成分选择正确答案.4.－Mike, is it time _______ after-school activities?－Yes, let’s _______ to the Reading Club.A. for, goB. to, goesC. for, goingD. to, go【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：Mike，到课后活动时间了吗？—是的，让我们去阅读俱乐部吧.根据固定搭配it’s time for sth或it’s time to do sth“到做某事的时间了”，由第一个空后面的after-school activities可知，应该用介词for，排除B和D，第二个空前面let是使役动词，后面跟动词原形，排除C，故答案选A.5.—Here comes the taxi! Where is Miss Liu?—She can’t go to the museum with us. She _______ some visitors around our school.A. showsB. is showingC. are showingD. show【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：出租车来了！刘小姐在哪里？——她不能和我们去博物馆了.她正带着一些游客参观我们的A. shows展示，给……看（动词的第三人称单数形式）；B. is showing正在展示，正在给……看（主语是可数名词单数或不可数名词的现在进行时）；C. are showing正在展示，正在给……看（主语是可数名词复数的现在进行时）；D. show展示，给……看（动词原形），根据上面的句子Here comes the taxi!可知，强调的是现在的某一时刻正在进行的动作，所以用现在进行时，排除A和D，主语she是第三人称单数形式，排除C，故答案选B.【点睛】现在进行时：表示正在发生或进行的动作.构成为：主语+am/is/are+动词ing；标志词有now、Look、Listen以及语境等.例如题目中，根据上面的句子Here comes the taxi!可知，强调的是现在的某一时刻正在进行的动作，所以用现在进行时，排除A和D，主语she是第三人称单数形式，排除C，故答案选B.6.—________?—Father’s Day is coming. I’d like to buy a present for my father.A. How much would you likeB. What can I do for youC. What colour do you wantD. What size would you like?【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——你要买点什么？——父亲节快到了.我想给我父亲买件礼物.考查交际用语.根据答语可知：顾客还未开始购物，排除A、C、D选择；店员的招呼用语，才会引出顾客的购物目标.故答案为B.7.—Your skirt is really beautiful.—Thank you. Do you like _______, too?A. appleB. bananaC. lemonD. orange【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：你的裙子真漂亮.—谢谢你，你也喜欢橙色吗？A. apple苹果；B. banana香蕉；C. lemon柠檬；D. orange橙子，橙色，根据上面的句子Your skirt is really beautiful 可知，应该说的是裙子的颜色，故答案选D.8.—Sorry, the price of the trouser is too _______.—OK. Would you like to have a look at a cheaper ________?A. expensive; oneB. expensive; pairC. high; oneD. high; pair.【答案】D【分析】【详解】句意：——对不起，那个裤子的价格太高了.——好的.你想要看看一条更便宜的吗？expensive昂贵的；high高的；one一个；pair双.描述价格的高低用形容词high和low.故第一空用high.第二空因为裤子用a pair of来修饰，故选D.9.—_______ do you go fishing?— Once a month.A. How oftenB. How longC. How farD. How soon【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：你多久钓一次鱼？一个月一次.A. How often多久一次；B. How long多长时间；C. How far 多远；D. How soon多久，根据答句once a month 可知，问的是频率，用how often，故答案选A.10. -–Who would you like to buy the coat________?--- I’d like to give it to my b rother ________ a present.A. for, forB. to, asC. for, asD. for, to【答案】C【解析】试题分析: 句意：你想给谁买上衣？我想把它做为一件礼物送给我弟弟.for为，as作为，to到；根据语境可知是为谁买，做为礼物，故选C考点：考查介词.11.—The gloves are very beautiful. Can I _______? —Yes,of course. A. try it on B. try them on C. try on it D. try on them 【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：手套很漂亮，—我能试一下吗？—嗯，当然可以.try on意为“试穿”，是动副短语，在“动词+副词”短语中，若宾语是人称代词宾格，则要放中间，即“动词+人称代词宾格+副词”，排除C和D，由前面的主语The gloves是复数，所以用them代指，排除A，故12.—Would you like to drink _______ juice ?—Yes, I’d love to. But there isn’t _______ juice in the glass.A. some; someB. any; someC. some; anyD. any; any【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：你想要喝一些果汁吗？—是的，我想喝，但是杯子里没有果汁.some和any均意为“一些”可以修饰可数名词复数或不可数名词，some用于肯定句中，当疑问句表示征求意见或建议时，也用some；any用于否定句和疑问句中，由第一个空格前面的Would you like to drink可知，是表征求意见，所以用some，排除B和D，第二个空前面的there isn’t 可知，是否定句，用any，排除A，故答案选C.13.—What do you think of my red and white coat? It _______ cotton.—It looks lovely on you.A. is made inB. is made ofC. is made fromD. is made for【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：你觉得我的红白相间的外套怎么样？它是棉制的.—你穿上很好看.A. is made in在……制造；B. is made of由……制成（能看到原材料）；C. is made from由……制成（看不到原材料）；D. is made for为……制作，由句意可知，它是棉制的，排除A和D，my red and white coat能看到原材料，排除C，故答案选B.14. —May I have a cat at home, Dad?—Yes, you can. But you must know how to it.A. look afterB. look atC. look forD. look like【答案】A【解析】试题分析：句意:-爸爸，我可以在家养一只猫吗？-是的，你可以.但是你必须知道怎样照顾它.look after 照顾；look at 看……；look for 寻找；look like看起来像.根据对话的意思可知选A.考点：考查动词短语辨析.15.—Happy New Year to you, Simon.—_______.A. Really? Thank you.B. Oh, I don’t think so.C. No. I am not cool at all.D. The same to you.【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：新年快乐！Simon.—同样祝福你.A. Really? Thank you.真的吗？谢谢你；B. Oh, I don’t think so.哦.我不这样认为；C. No. I am not cool at all.不，我一点也不酷；D. The same to you.同样祝福你，根据语境可知，The same to you最符合语境，故答案选D. 完形填空Once there is a rich man named Chulong.One day, he is walking in his garden when he sees a strange ___16___ with beautiful colours and sweet voice in a tree. Chulong ___17___ goes near the tree and catches the bird. He thinks he can ___18___ it and gets lots of money.“Don’t think about making money through me!” says the bird, “___19___ will buy me, because I will lose my beauty and sweet voice if I am not free.” Chulong loses his hope of making money. He becomes angry and wants to ___20___ the bird for the meat.Then the ___21___bird says, “Well, if you let me go, I will teach you ___22___ easy but useful rules, which can do good to you.”Chulong doesn’t believe the bird ___23___, and he is afraid that the bird will fly away. However, the bird promises(承诺) it will keep its word(守信). Chulong wants to have a try. He sets the bird free and it sits in a tree. It becomes ___24___ again.Chulong asks, “Now teach me the rules.” “Sure,” says the bird.Then the bird teaches Chulong the ___25___: The first rule is Never believe everything others say. The second rule is Never be sad about something you don’t ___26___. The third rule is Never throw away what you have in your hand.“You silly bird!” ___27___Chulong, “Everyone knows these rules.”But the bird says, “T oday, you have me in your hand, but you throw me away. You believe all that I say. And you are ___28___ about not having me. The rules are easy, ___29___ you never follow them. Now do you understand? Just sit down and think for a while.” With these words, the bird___30___.16. A. cat B. bird C. panda D. monkey17. A. happily B. sadly C. slowly D. friendly18. A. eat B. study C. draw D. sell19. A. Nobody B. Somebody C. Anybody D. Everybody 20. A. find B. borrow C. smell D. kill 21. A. busy B. helpful C. clever D. lucky 22. A. three B. four C. five D. six 23. A. at present B. later on C. at first D. at last 24. A. healthy B. beautiful C. lazy D. busy 25. A. songs B. words C. rules D. lesson 26. A. have B. want C. know D. need 27. A. smiles B. shouts C. laughs D. thinks 28. A. happy B. excited C. angry D. sad 29. A. and B. soC. butD. because 30. A. stands upB. jumps downC. flies awayD. gets up【答案】16. B 17. C 18. D 19. A 20. D 21. C 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. C 26. A 27. B 28. D 29. C 30. C 【解析】 【分析】文章大意：本文主要讲述的是一个富人抓了一只鸟，想要卖钱但是最后被鸟儿戏弄的故事. 【16题详解】句意：有一天，他在花园里散步，看见一只奇怪的鸟，颜色很美，声音很悦耳.本题考查名词辨析，A. cat 意为“猫”；B. bird 意为“鸟”；C. panda 意为“熊猫”；D. monkey 意为“猴子”，根据后面and catches the bird.“并且抓住了这只鸟”，可知这里填入鸟，故答案选B . 【17题详解】句意：楚龙缓慢地走近大树并且抓住了这只鸟.本题考查副词辨析，A. happily 意为“高兴地”；B. sadly 意为“悲伤地”；C. slowly 意为“缓慢地”；D. friendly 意为“友好的”，根据所在位置需要填入副词来修饰goes ，又由于后面说抓住了这只鸟，可知缓慢地，故答案选C . 【18题详解】句意：他认为他能卖了它，并且能获得许多钱.本题考查动词辨析，A. eat 意为“吃”；B. study 意为“学习”；C. draw 意为“画画”；D. sell 意为“卖”，根据后面获得许多钱可知是卖了它，故答案选D . 【19题详解】句意：没有人会买我，因为如果我不自由，我会失去我的美丽和甜美的声音.本题考查不定代词辨析，A. Nobody意为“没有人”；B. Somebody意为“某人”C. Anybody意为“任何人”；D. Everybody意为“所有人”，根据后面because I will lose my beauty and sweet voice if I am not free.“因为如果我不自由，我会失去我美丽和甜美的声音.”可知没有人会买我，故答案选A.【20题详解】句意：他生气了，想杀了那只鸟当肉吃.本题考查动词辨析，A. find意为“发现”；B. borrow意为“借”；C. smell意为“闻起来”；D. kill意为“杀死”，根据后面for the meat“当肉吃”可知这里是杀，故答案选D.【21题详解】句意：然后聪明的小鸟说：“好吧，如果你放我走，我会教你三条简单但有用的规则，这对你有好处.本题考查形容词辨析，A. busy意为“忙碌的”；B. helpful意为“有帮助的”；C. clever意为“聪明的”；D. lucky意为“幸运的”，根据后文小鸟飞了，可知这只小鸟是非常聪明的，故答案选C.【22题详解】句意：然后聪明的小鸟说：“好吧，如果你放我走，我会教你三条简单但有用的规则，这对你有好处.本题考查数词辨析，A. three意为“三”；B. four意为“四”；C. five意为“五”D. six意为“六”，根据后文小鸟提出三点规则，故这里填入三，故答案选A.【23题详解】句意：楚龙开始不相信鸟，他害怕鸟会飞走.本题考查短语辨析，A. at present意为“现在”；B. later on意为“之后”；C. at first意为“开始”；D. at last 意为“最后”，根据后句However, the bird promises(承诺) it will keep its word(守信).“然而，这只鸟承诺它将信守承诺”可知楚龙开始不相信鸟，故答案选C.【24题详解】句意：它又变漂亮了.本题考查形容词辨析，A. healthy意为“健康的”； B. beautiful意为“漂亮的”；C. lazy意为“懒惰的”；D. busy意为“忙碌的”，根据这只鸟被楚龙放了，可知它又变漂亮了，故答案选B.【25题详解】句意：然后这只鸟告诉楚龙这些规则.本题考查名词辨析，A. songs意为“歌曲”；B. words意为“单词”；C. rules意为“规则”；D. lesson意为“课程、教训”，根据后面The first rule…“第一条规则是…”故这里填规则，故答案选C.26题详解】句意：第二条规则是永远不要为你没有的东西难过.。
牛津译林版英语七年级上学期《期末测试卷》及答案解析
牛津译林版英语七年级上学期期末测试卷第Ⅰ卷一、听力部分第一部分：听对话回答问题本部分共有10道小题，每小题你将听到一段对话，每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读题目；听完后，请从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案.What does the girl want to borrow?A. B. C.2．Which fruit does Daniel like best?A. B. C.3．What does the boy want to buy?A. B. C.4．What does the boy want to be when he grows up?A. B. C.5．What else do they need for the party?A．Plates. B．Knives. C．Cups.6．When is the School Open Day?A．On Tuesday. B．On Wednesday. C．On Thursday.7．What does Peter usually do at weekends?A．Do some reading. B．Do some shopping. C．Do some cleaning.8．What colour is Jack's coat?A．Grey. B．Blue. C．Brown.9．How will Tina go to Kevin's home?A．By car. B．By bike. C．By bus.10．What is Mike's shirt made of?A．Silk. B．Cotton. C．Leather.第二部分：听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文，各听两遍.听每段对话或短文前，你将有时间阅读题目；听完后请从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案.听下面一段对话，回答第11 -12小题.11．What sport does Tony like?A．Table tennis. B．Running. C．Tennis.12．How often does Tony play it?A．Once a week. B．Twice a week. C．Three times a week.听第一篇短文，完成第13-15小题.请根据短文内容，从A、B、C三个选项中选出正确的选项，完成信息记录表.13．A．China B．America C．England14．A．friends B．family C．classmates15．A．15 B．50 C．55听第二篇短文，回答第16 - 20小题.16．How old is Ivan?A．12. B．13. C．14.17．What are Ivan's hobbies?A．Football and basketball.B．Football and swimming.C．Basketball and swimming.18．Where does Ivan study? A．In China.B．In America. C．At home. 19．How does Ivan go to school? A．He takes a bus. B．He walks for ten minutes. C．He takes a bus and then goes on foot. 20．How often does Ivan write to me? A．Every week. B．Twice a month. C．Twice a week. 二、单项填空1.—Would you like some coffee? —No, thanks. I don't sleep well, so I _________ drink coffee. A. seldom B. often C. only D. always 2.—Shall we go and ________ hello to our new teacher? —Good idea! A. shout B. speak C. talk D. say 3.There _______ some fish and rice on the plate. A. has B. have C. is D. are 4.—Is this your dog? —No. Tom is its ________．A. driverB. masterC. workerD. singer5.How many syllables(音节) does the word “lovely” have?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.6.—Let's go to Shanghu Lake this weekend, Jim!—Great! It is a good place _______ friends.A. meetB. meetsC. meetingD. to meet7.I'm thirsty. Please give me ________ ．A. a cup of teasB. a glasses of waterC. four pieces of breadD. a bottle of juice8.—________ woman is David's mother?—The one in the red coat.A. WhichB. WhatC. WhoD. Whose9.—This pair of sunglasses is really cool. Can I ________ ?—Yes, of course.A. try on itB. try on themC. try it onD. try them on10.—Thanks for taking my friends and me out tonight.—____________________ .A. Don't worryB. You are welcomeC. Of course notD. I am afraid not三、完型填空通读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.Do you love dogs? Do you love to watch ____11____ shows? Dog owners（主人）in America have a fashion show for their dogs in the Times Square in New York. Many dogs from different countries come to the show. It is wonderful and ____12____ .Dogs don't like to wear clothes, ____13____ you don't often see dogs in clothes. The dog owners must know ____14____ dogs very well. First, they must know about the shapes（形状）of the dogs. Then they must know what the dogs ___15___ and dislike. Some dogs like leather but some ____16____ it. Next, the dog owners design and make suitable ___17___for the dogs. Afterwards, the well-dressed dogs ____18____ on the catwalk(T型台). Some of them are really smart, and some are funny. ____19____ ,an English dog wins the first prize（奖）．The owner hasa special reward（奖励）：a ____20____ trip to China. He can visit China without paying any money!11. A. car B. film C. fashion D. talk12. A. interesting B. busy C. helpful D. lazy13. A. or B. but C. because D. so14. A. they B. them C. their D. theirs15. A. like B. need C. start D. eat16. A. keep B. love C. dress D. hate17.A. clothes B. materials C. styles D. colours 18. A. stay B. walk C. lie D. sleep 19. A. First B. Next C. Again D. Finally 20. A. cheap B. low C. free D. poor 四、阅读理解 A 21.What is a "pal"? A. A sister. B. A brother. C. A friend. D. A teacher. 22. Which of the following is TRUE ? A. Kiki's mom is a busy working woman. B. Money loves playing basketball.C. David plays with Money every morning.D. It is Kiki's first letter to Sharon.BJim is looking out of his window. He sees a man carrying a big colour TV out of his neighbor's (邻居的) house. He is carrying the TV to a truck(卡车).Jim opens his window. " Hey !" he says to the man . "Are you a TV repairman? "" Yes , " the man answers."Are you going to repair (修理) that TV?" Jim asks." Yes, " the man answers again." My TV is broken (坏了) , " Jim tells the man. " Can you take my TV, too?"" Sure," the man answers. "I can take your TV . "Jim gives the man his TV. Then the man puts the two TVs in the truck and drives away. Jim never sees his TV again. That man isn't a TV repairman. He is a thief.23. Where is Jim when he sees the man?A. In the garden.B. In his room.C. In the truck.D. In his neighbor's house.24. Why does Jim ask that man to take his TV?A. Because his TV is old.B. Because he doesn't like his TV.C. Because he knows that man.D. Because there is something wrong with his TV.25. What will Jim do if he knows that man is a thief?A. He will be very happy.B. He will buy another TV.C. He will call 110 for help.D. He will never watch TV.CI am Catherine. Emily is my grandmother and Anthony is my grandfather. They live in a lovely cottage (小屋) in Stratford-upon-Avon, England. The house is not very big but my grandmother keeps it clean and tidy. It has only one floor. Inside there are two bedrooms, a kitchen, a small living room and a dining room. In the house there is only one bathroom. The house has a wide balcony (阳台) at the back with a fine View. In front of the house there is a beautiful garden full of flowers.I am their oldest granddaughter and I usually visit my grandparents at weekends. My grandfather is always waiting for me at the front door with his arms open and a smile on his face. He is always willing to give me great pieces of advice. I love to chat with him!My grandmother is a wonderful cook and she bakes (烘焙) my favourite chocolate cupcakes whenever I go there.I love my grandparents.26. Where do Catherine's grandparents live?A. In a tall building in the UK .B. In a flat in London.C. In a big house in Scotland.D. In a cottage in England.27. How many rooms are there in the house?A. Three.B. Four.C. Five.D. Six.28. Where is the garden?A. In front of the house.B. Behind the house.C. Inside the house.D. Near the house.29. When does Catherine usually visit her grandparents?A. On Mondays.B. On Thursdays.C. On Fridays.D. On Saturdays and Sundays.30. What does her grandmother do when Catherine goes there?A. She asks her to water the flowers.B. She gives her some good advice.C. She bakes her favourite cupcakes.D. She often likes to chat with her.D"I don't like my school, and I want to go home! " Do you have that idea? A lot of children do. Now let's talk about it.If you don't like your school, the first thing is to know why. You may not like your teachers. You may not have many friends at school. You may have problems with your subjects or homework.But what can you do with it? You can make some new friends. Going to school can be very interesting if you have many friends. You can make friends after school or when doing sports. Then you can talk with them and do the same thing with them. You can also make school easy. If you don't like your teachers, you can talk with them. If you think your subjects are boring(无聊的) and hard, you can ask others for help.Take it easy on everything. You can learn to make your school life easy and interesting.31. According to the passage, one may not like school because of them EXCEPT (除了) ____.A. hobbiesB. teachersC. subjectsD. homework32. Where can you make new friends at school according to the passage?A. In the library.B. In class.C. In the office.D. In the playground.33. What is the main idea of Paragraph 3?A. What to do at school.B. How to make friends at school.C.What to talk with friends after school.D. How to make school life interesting and easy. 34. If you don't like your English teacher, you can ___________ . A. stop learning English B. go back home C. ask others for help D. talk with him or her 35. How can you make your school life interesting according to the passage? A. Finish your homework. B. Have many classes. C. Make many friends. D. Listen to your teachers. 第Ⅱ卷五、信息还原根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有两项为多余选项.A FINAL POSTING…?Posted by Eoin on Friday I'm back in my room. I've got my backpack on the bed and ___36___. Some clothes-T-shirts, jumpers, shorts, socks, trousers, trainers, jackets. Plus a bottle of water, a compass, my poster of the universe and my clock radio. I don't think they've got radio on Medacalon but ___37___ .What am I doing? Am I mad?Yes，you're mad.___38___ !You want to stay but you also want to go.Exactly.It's an opportunity.A unique opportunity. ___39___ .You can travel in space.I can see the universe.___40___. Go!Before I go, I write a message for my friend(s) and family. Her e it is…A. I must be mad because I'm talking to myselfB. So don't think twiceC. This is my last posting on my blog .D. I'm checking to make sure I've got all my thingsE. Alex B says they have something similarF. Things like this don't happen every dayG. Follow the line and you can see a bright star六、词汇检测根据下列句子所给的汉语注释（1-6小题）、首字母(7-8小题)、音标（9-11小题）和上下文语境(12-14小题)，在答题卷相应的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式，每空只写一词.41. We have a lot of ______（有趣的事）learning together when we are at home.42. The film is ______（的确）wonderful. Why not see it with us?43. The birds are flying happily ______ (在…中) the trees.44. The umbrella behind the door is one of those ______（女士）．45. Many people think ______（健康）comes first, Do you think so?46. In some countries, women wear ______（围巾）over their shoulders and hair.47. Few students can answer the q______ because they are too difficult.48. Water is important to e______ . We can't live without it．49. My dream is to have a warm ______ ['kʌmftəbl] house to live in.50. —What's the ______ ['nʌmbə (r)] of the books in your school library?—Over 3000.51. Do you think your blue tie ______ ['mæt∫i z] your red shirt?52. —Take a look at the ______ . What would you like to order?—What about some fish and vegetables?53. —Almost all the visitors like watching _____ at night in Shanghai Disneyland.—Me too. How beautiful they are in the sky!54. —What about ______ the walls blue?—That's a good idea. I like this colour .七、句子翻译将下列句子译成英语，并将所译句子写在答题卷标右题号的横线上.55. 两餐之间不要吃零食.__________________________________________________________56. 你们学校的学生午餐通常吃什么？__________________________________________________________57. 离我们学校不远处有一个公共汽车站.__________________________________________________________58. Sandy经常花很多时间读英语.__________________________________________________________59. 看!Tom正躺在床上看电视.__________________________________________________________八、阅读表达The Smith family is a busy family. They always have things to do. These days, they have some special plans. They will help Grandma celebrate her 80th birthday. Let's look at what they will do!60. Who wants to watch a basketball match?__________________________________________________________61. Where can we see the Smith family on Sunday evening?__________________________________________________________62. Do you think that the Smith family is happy? Why or why not?__________________________________________________________九、书面表达63.健康的身体是我们中学生学习的保证.请根据下面的提示，以“How to Keep Healthy”为题写一篇英语短文.1．必须包含上图所给要点并适当发挥.2．词数90字左右开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数.3．文中不得出现真实的人名、校名等相关信息.How to Keep HealthyIt's important for us to keep healthy. As a middle school student, we should have a healthy lifestyle. Here are some suggestions (建议）．If we can take these suggestions above, we will surely keep healthy.答案与解析第Ⅰ卷一、听力部分第一部分：听对话回答问题本部分共有10道小题，每小题你将听到一段对话，每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读题目；听完后，请从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案.What does the girl want to borrow?A. B. C.2．Which fruit does Daniel like best?A. B. C.3．What does the boy want to buy?A. B. C.4．What does the boy want to be when he grows up? A. B. C. 5．What else do they need for the party? A．Plates. B．Knives. C．Cups. 6．When is the School Open Day? A．On Tuesday. B．On Wednesday. C．On Thursday.7．What does Peter usually do at weekends?A．Do some reading. B．Do some shopping. C．Do some cleaning.8．What colour is Jack's coat?A．Grey. B．Blue. C．Brown.9．How will Tina go to Kevin's home?A．By car. B．By bike. C．By bus.10．What is Mike's shirt made of?A．Silk. B．Cotton. C．Leather.第二部分：听对话和短文回答问题你将听到一段对话和两篇短文，各听两遍.听每段对话或短文前，你将有时间阅读题目；听完后请从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案.听下面一段对话，回答第11 -12小题.11．What sport does Tony like?A．Table tennis. B．Running. C．Tennis.12．How often does Tony play it?A．Once a week. B．Twice a week. C．Three times a week.听第一篇短文，完成第13-15小题.请根据短文内容，从A、B、C三个选项中选出正确的选项，完成信息记录表.13．A．China B．America C．England14．A．friends B．family C．classmates15．A．15 B．50 C．55听第二篇短文，回答第16 - 20小题.16．How old is Ivan?A．12. B．13. C．14.17．What are Ivan's hobbies?A．Football and basketball.B．Football and swimming.C．Basketball and swimming.18．Where does Ivan study?A．In China. B．In America. C．At home.19．How does Ivan go to school?A．He takes a bus.B．He walks for ten minutes.C．He takes a bus and then goes on foot.20．How often does Ivan write to me?A．Every week. B．Twice a month. C．Twice a week.二、单项填空1.—Would you like some coffee?—No, thanks. I don't sleep well, so I _________ drink coffee.A. seldomB. oftenC. onlyD. always【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——你想要一些咖啡吗？——不，谢谢，我睡眠不好，所以我很少喝咖啡.考查频率副词辨析.seldom很少；often经常；only仅仅；always总是，根据前面的I don't sleep well可知，应该是很少喝咖啡，故选A.2.—Shall we go and ________ hello to our new teacher?—Good idea!A. shoutB. speakC. talkD. say【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——我们要不要去向我们的新老师问好.——好主意.考查动词辨析.shout大喊；speak说，后面接语言；talk谈话，后面常跟to，with等；say说，后面接内容，根据所给空后面的hello是内容可知，应该用的是say，故选D.3.There _______ some fish and rice on the plate.A. hasB. haveC. isD. are【解析】【详解】句意：盘子里有一些鱼肉和米饭.考查there be句型.has有，动词的第三人称单数形式；have有，动词原形；is是，be动词的单数形式；are 是，be动词的复数形式，根据所给空前面的there可知，应该是there be句型意为“有”，排除A和B，根据there be句型遵循就近原则，be动词取决于后面离它最近的名词，fish当“鱼肉”时，是不可数名词，当“鱼的种类”时，是可数名词，当指“鱼的条数”时，单复数同形，题干中的fish是鱼肉，是不可数名词，所以用is，排除D，故选C.4.—Is this your dog?—No. Tom is its ________．A. driverB. masterC. workerD. singer【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——这是你的狗吗？——不，Tom是它的主人.考查名词辨析.driver司机；master主人；worker工人；singer歌手，根据上面的句子Is this your dog?和所给空前面的No可知，应该是主人，故选B.5.How many syllables(音节) does the word “lovely” have?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.【答案】B【解析】句意：“lovely”这个词有多少个音节？两个音节.一般地说，一个单词中有几个发音的元音字母，就有几个音节，lovely ['lʌvlɪ]，e不发音，love是一个音节，ly是一个音节，故有两个音节.点睛：划分音节的方法：元音是构成音节的主体，辅音是音节的分界线，一般地说，一个单词中有几个发音的元音字母，就有几个音节.两辅音之间不管有多少个元音，一般都是一个音节.如：bed 床，bet 打赌，seat 坐位，beat 打，beau/ty 美.两元音字母之间有一个辅音字母时，辅音字母归后一音节，如：stu/dent 学生，la/bour 劳动.有两个辅音字母时，一个辅音字母归前一音节，一个归后一音节，如：let/ter 信，win/ter 冬天.不能拆分的字母组合按字母组合划分音节.如：fa/ther 父亲，tea/cher 教师.6.—Let's go to Shanghu Lake this weekend, Jim!—Great! It is a good place _______ friends.A. meetB. meetsC. meetingD. to meet【答案】D【详解】句意：——Jim，让我们这周末一起去尚湖吧!——好的，它是见朋友的一个好地方.考查非谓语动词.meet见，动词原形；meets动词的第三人称单数形式；meeting动名词；to meet动词不定式，根据固定搭配It is a good place to do sth“这是个做某事的好地方”，故选D.7.I'm thirsty. Please give me ________ ．A. a cup of teasB. a glasses of waterC. four pieces of breadD. a bottle of juice【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：我渴了，请给我一瓶橙汁.考查带有量词的不可数名词辨析.根据I'm thirsty我渴了，four pieces of bread四块面包，是吃的.排除C；tea 是不可数名词，排除A；一杯水是a glass of water，排除B；a bottle of juice一瓶橙汁，故选D.8.—________ woman is David's mother?—The one in the red coat.A. WhichB. WhatC. WhoD. Whose【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——哪个女士是大卫的妈妈？——穿红衣服的那个.考查疑问词辨析.Which哪个；What什么；Who谁；Whose谁的，根据所给空后面的woman is David's mother?和答句The one in the red coat可知，应该是哪个女士，故选A.9.—This pair of sunglasses is really cool. Can I ________ ?—Yes, of course.A. try on itB. try on themC. try it onD. try them on【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——这副太阳镜真的很酷，我可以试戴一下吗？——嗯，当然可以.考查动副短语及人称代词宾格.try on试穿，是动副短语，在“动词+副词”短语中，若宾语是人称代词宾格，则要放中间，即“动词+人称代词宾格+副词”，排除A和B，一些成双成对的名词通常只有复数形式，可以用代词they代指，当被a pair of修饰时，可以用it代指，由前面的This pair of sunglasses可知，应该用it 代指，排除D，故选C.10.—Thanks for taking my friends and me out tonight.—____________________ .A. Don't worryB. You are welcomeC. Of course notD. I am afraid not【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——谢谢你今晚带我和朋友出去.——不客气.考查交际用语.Don't worry别担心；You are welcome不客气；Of course not当然不；I am afraid not恐怕不行，根据Thanks for taking my friends and me out tonight可知，You are welcome最符合语境，故选B.三、完型填空通读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.Do you love dogs? Do you love to watch ____11____ shows? Dog owners（主人）in America have a fashion show for their dogs in the Times Square in New York. Many dogs from different countries come to the show. It is wonderful and ____12____ .Dogs don't like to wear clothes, ____13____ you don't often see dogs in clothes. The dog owners must know____14____ dogs very well. First, they must know about the shapes（形状）of the dogs. Then they must know what the dogs ___15___and dislike. Some dogs like leather but some ____16____ it. Next, the dog owners design and make suitable ___17___for the dogs. Afterwards, the well-dressed dogs ____18____ on the catwalk(T型台). Some of them are really smart, and some are funny. ____19____ ,an English dog wins the first prize（奖）．The owner hasa special reward（奖励）：a ____20____ trip to China. He can visit China without paying any money!11. A. car B. film C. fashion D. talk12. A. interesting B. busy C. helpful D. lazy13. A. or B. but C. because D. so14. A. they B. them C. their D. theirs15. A. like B. need C. start D. eat16. A. keep B. love C. dress D. hate17. A. clothes B. materials C. styles D. colours18. A. stay B. walk C. lie D. sleep19. A. First B. Next C. Again D. Finally20. A. cheap B. low C. free D. poor【答案】11. C 12. A 13. D 14. C 15. A 16. D 17. A 18. B 19. D 20. C【解析】【分析】文章大意：本文是一篇记叙文，文章讲的是美国的一场狗的时装表演的事情.【11题详解】句意：你喜欢看时尚表演吗？car车；film电影；fashion时尚，时装；talk交谈，根据后文“Dog owners（主人）in America have a fashion show”“美国的狗主人举办时装表演”可知，应该是时尚，故选C.【12题详解】句意：它是精彩有趣的.interesting有趣的；busy忙碌的；helpful有帮助的；lazy懒惰的，根据“wonderful and”“精彩的”可知，应该是有趣的，故选A.【13题详解】句意：因此你不会经常看到穿衣服的狗.or或者；but但是；because因为；so因此，根据前文“Dogs don't like to wear clothes”“狗不喜欢穿衣服”可知，应该是因此，故选D.【14题详解】句意：狗主人必须非常了解他们的狗.they他们，主格；them他们，宾格；their他们的，形容词性物主代词；theirs他们的，名词性物主代词，根据所给空后面的“dogs”“狗”可知，应该填的是形容词性物主代词，故选C.【15题详解】句意：然后他们必须知道狗喜欢什么和不喜欢什么.like喜欢；need需要；start开始；eat吃，根据所给空后面的“and dislike”“和不喜欢”可知，应该是喜欢，故选A.【16题详解】句意：有些狗喜欢皮革，但有些讨厌它.keep保持；love爱；dress打扮；hate讨厌，根据前文“Some dogs like leather but”“一些狗喜欢皮革但是”可知，应该是讨厌，故选D.【17题详解】句意：接下来，狗主人为他们的狗设计和制作合适的衣服.clothes衣服；materials材料；styles样式；colours颜色，根据“the well-dressed dogs”“穿的时尚的狗”可知，应该是设计和制作合适的衣服，故选A.【18题详解】句意：穿着好看的狗在T型台上走.stay待着；walk走；lie躺；sleep睡觉，根据所给空后面的“on the catwalk”“在T型台上”可知，应该是走T型台，故选B.【19题详解】句意：最后，一个英国狗赢得了一等奖.First首先；Next然后；Again又；Finally最后，根据后文“an English dog wins the first prize”“一个英国狗赢了一等奖”可知，应该是最后，故选D.【20题详解】句意：一次免费的中国之旅.cheap便宜的；low低的；free免费的；poor穷的，根据前文“The owner has a special reward”“狗主人有一个特别的的奖励”可知，应该是一次免费的中国之旅，故选C.【点睛】做完型填空时，首先要通读课文，明白主旨大意，然后再做题.做完型时要记住“瞻前顾后想结果”这一原则，根据上下文以及语境做题，切忌主观臆断.另外，平时还要多多积累词汇.完型填空常考名词、动词、形容词和副词等辨析.做词义辨析题时，首先要确认四个选项的含义，然后分析语境和逻辑关系，确定答案.例如题目8中，首先确定四个选项的含义，stay待着；walk走；lie躺；sleep睡觉，根据所给空后面的“on the catwalk”“在T型台上”可知，应该是走T型台，故选B.四、阅读理解A21. What is a "pal"?A. A sister.B. A brother.C. A friend.D. A teacher.22. Which of the following is TRUE ?A. Kiki's mom is a busy working woman.B. Money loves playing basketball.C. David plays with Money every morning.D. It is Kiki's first letter to Sharon.【答案】21. C 22. D【解析】文章大意：文章主要是作者向她的笔友介绍她的个人信息以及她的家庭成员.【21题详解】词句猜测题.根据第二行“Let me tell you something about me”“让我告你一些关于我的事情”可推知pal是朋友的意思，A sister.一个姐妹；A brother一个兄弟；A friend一个朋友；A teacher一个老师，故选C. 【22题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第八、九行“My mother is a housewife”“我的妈妈是一个家庭主妇”可知，A说法是错误的；根据文章倒数第八行“David，loves basketball”“大卫，喜欢篮球”可知，B说法是错误的；根据文章倒数第六行“I play with her every night”“我每天晚上和她一起玩”可知，C说法是错误的；根据文章第一、二行“It’s very nice to be your pen pal”“很高兴成为你的笔友”可知，D说法是正确的，故选D.BJim is looking out of his window. He sees a man carrying a big colour TV out of his neighbor's (邻居的) house. He is carrying the TV to a truck(卡车).Jim opens his window. " Hey !" he says to the man . "Are you a TV repairman? "" Yes , " the man answers."Are you going to repair (修理) that TV?" Jim asks." Yes, " the man answers again." My TV is broken (坏了) , " Jim tells the man. " Can you take my TV, too?"" Sure," the man answers. "I can take your TV . "Jim gives the man his TV. Then the man puts the two TVs in the truck and drives away. Jim never sees his TV again. That man isn't a TV repairman. He is a thief.23. Where is Jim when he sees the man?A. In the garden.B. In his room.C. In the truck.D. In his neighbor's house.24. Why does Jim ask that man to take his TV?A. Because his TV is old.B. Because he doesn't like his TV.C. Because he knows that man.D. Because there is something wrong with his TV.25. What will Jim do if he knows that man is a thief?A. He will be very happy.B. He will buy another TV.C. He will call 110 for help.D. He will never watch TV.【答案】23. B 24. D 25. C【解析】【分析】文章大意：文章讲的是Jim有一天看见了一个小偷，以为是电视剧修理员，让他搬走了自己的电视.【23题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第一段第一、二行“Jim is looking out of his window. He sees a man carrying a big colour TV out of his neighbor's (邻居的) house”“吉姆正在往窗外看.他看见一个人从邻居家里拿着一台大彩电出来”可知，Jim在他的房间，故选B.【24题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第七行“My TV is broken (坏了) , " Jim tells the man. " Can you take my TV, too?”“我的电视坏了，Jim告诉那个人，你能把我的电视也带走吗？”可知，Jim让那个人带走电视，因为他的电视坏了，故选D.【25题详解】推断题.根据常识可知，如果Jim知道那个男人是个贼，他会打110寻求帮助，故选C.【点睛】阅读理解中的细节理解题.首先找出问句中的关键词，然后定位到文章具体位置，然后选出正确答案即可.例如题目1中，关键词是when he sees the man，可定位到文章第一段第一、二行“Jim is looking out of his window. He sees a man carrying a big colour TV out of his neighbor's (邻居的) house”“吉姆正在往窗外看.他看见一个人从邻居家里拿着一台大彩电出来”可知，Jim在他的房间，故选B.CI am Catherine. Emily is my grandmother and Anthony is my grandfather. They live in a lovely cottage (小屋) in Stratford-upon-Avon, England. The house is not very big but my grandmother keeps it clean and tidy. It has only one floor. Inside there are two bedrooms, a kitchen, a small living room and a dining room. In the house there is only one bathroom. The house has a wide balcony (阳台) at the back with a fine View. In front of the house there is a beautiful garden full of flowers.I am their oldest granddaughter and I usually visit my grandparents at weekends. My grandfather is always waiting for me at the front door with his arms open and a smile on his face. He is always willing to give me greatpieces of advice. I love to chat with him!My grandmother is a wonderful cook and she bakes (烘焙) my favourite chocolate cupcakes whenever I go there.I love my grandparents.26. Where do Catherine's grandparents live?A. In a tall building in the UK .B. In a flat in London.C. In a big house in Scotland.D. In a cottage in England.27. How many rooms are there in the house?A. Three.B. Four.C. Five.D. Six.28. Where is the garden?A. In front of the house.B. Behind the house.C. Inside the house.D. Near the house.29. When does Catherine usually visit her grandparents?A. On Mondays.B. On Thursdays.C. On Fridays.D. On Saturdays and Sundays.30. What does her grandmother do when Catherine goes there?A. She asks her to water the flowers.B. She gives her some good advice.C. She bakes her favourite cupcakes.D. She often likes to chat with her.【答案】26. D 27. D 28. A 29. D 30. C【解析】文章大意：文章主要介绍了作者的爷爷和奶奶的家以及作者经常在周末的时候看爷爷奶奶，她喜欢爷爷奶奶.【26题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第一段第一、二行“They live in a lovely cottage (小屋) in Stratford-upon-Avon, England”“他们住在英格兰埃文河畔斯特拉特福德一座可爱的小屋里”，故选D.【27题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第一段第三、四行“Inside there are two bedrooms, a kitchen, a small living room and a dining room. In the house there is only one bathroom”“里面有两个卧室，一个厨房，一个小客厅和一个餐厅.房子里只有一个浴室”可知，房子有6个房间，故选D.【28题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第一段倒数第一、二行“In front of the house there is a beautiful garden full of flowers”“房子前面有一个美丽的花园，花园里开满了花”可知，花园在房子前面，故选A.【29题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第二段第一行“I usually visit my grandparents at weekends”“我通常在周末去看望我的祖父母”，故选D.【30题详解】细节理解题.根据文章倒数第一、二行“she bakes (烘焙) my favourite chocolate cupcakes whenever I go there”“每当我去那，她都烤我最喜欢的巧克力蛋糕”，故选C.D"I don't like my school, and I want to go home! " Do you have that idea? A lot of children do. Now let's talk about it.If you don't like your school, the first thing is to know why. You may not like your teachers. You may not have many friends at school. You may have problems with your subjects or homework.But what can you do with it? You can make some new friends. Going to school can be very interesting if you have many friends. You can make friends after school or when doing sports. Then you can talk with them and do the same thing with them. You can also make school easy. If you don't like your teachers, you can talk with them. If you think your subjects are boring(无聊的) and hard, you can ask others for help.Take it easy on everything. You can learn to make your school life easy and interesting.31. According to the passage, one may not like school because of them EXCEPT (除了) ____.A. hobbiesB. teachersC. subjectsD. homework32. Where can you make new friends at school according to the passage?A. In the library.B. In class.C. In the office.D. In the playground.33. What is the main idea of Paragraph 3?A. What to do at school.B. How to make friends at school.C. What to talk with friends after school.D. How to make school life interesting and easy.34. If you don't like your English teacher, you can ___________ .A. stop learning EnglishB. go back homeC. ask others for helpD. talk with him or her35. How can you make your school life interesting according to the passage?A. Finish your homework.B. Have many classes.C. Make many friends.D. Listen to your teachers.【答案】31. A 32. D 33. D 34. D 35. C【解析】文章大意：文章讲的是一些学生不想上课，因为他们可能觉得学习有困难或在学校没有朋友.文章主要是分析了其中的原因，并提出了一些建议.【31题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第一段第三、四行“You may not like your teachers. You may not have many friends at school. You may have problems with your subjects or homework”“你不喜欢你的老师.你在学校可能没有多少朋友.你的科目或作业可能有问题”可知，除了爱好，老师、科目、作业都是一个人不喜欢学校的原因，故选A.【32题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第二段第二行“You can make friends after school or when doing sports”“你可以在放学后或运动时交朋友”可知，你可以在学校操场上交到新朋友，故选D.【33题详解】主旨大意题.根据文章第三段“Take it easy on everything. You can learn to make your school life easy and interesting”“一切都要放轻松.你可以学会让你的学校生活轻松有趣”可知，第三段主要讲的是怎样让你的学校生活轻松有趣，故选D.【34题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第二段倒数第二行“If you don't like your teachers, you can talk with them”“如果你不喜欢你的老师，你可以和他们谈谈”，故选D.【35题详解】细节理解题.根据文章第二段第一、二行“Going to school can be very interesting if you have many friends”“如果你有很多朋友，上学会很有趣”，故选C.第Ⅱ卷五、信息还原根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有两项为多余选项.A FINAL POSTING…?。
牛津译林版英语初一上学期期末试卷与参考答案(2024年)
2024年牛津译林版英语初一上学期期末自测试卷与参考答案一、听力部分（本大题有20小题，每小题1分，共20分）1、What does the man say about his weekend plan?A. He will go to the park with his friends.B. He has to finish some homework.C. He will visit his grandparents.Answer: BExplanation: The man mentions that he has to study over the weekend, which implies he has homework to do. Therefore, the correct answer is B.2、Why does the woman refuse to accept the gift?A. She thinks it’s too expensive.B. She already has something similar.C. She wants to pay for it herself.Answer: CExplanation: The woman explicitly states that she wants to pay for the gift herself, which suggests she does not want to accept it as a gift. Thus, the correct answer is C.3、Listen to the dialogue and choose the correct answer.•(A)He has a headache.(B)(B)He has a stomachache.(C)(C)He has a toothache.Answer: BExplanation: In the dialogue, the man mentions that he has been experiencing pain in his stomach, indicating that he has a stomachache, which is option (B).4、Listen to another dialogue and select the right response.•(A)I don’t feel well.(C)(B)Yes, I do.(D)(C)Sure, I can.Answer: AExplanation: In the dialogue, the woman expresses that she does not feel well, which corresponds to option (A). She might be feeling unwell and requires someone to take care of her, hence the affirmative use of “I don’t feel well.”5.Listening ComprehensionDirections: In this section, you will hear 5 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both theconversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question, there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C), and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the center.You will hear:W:Excuse me, could you help me find the bookshelf in the library?M:Of course. It’s on the second floor, next to the entrance.Question: Where is the bookshelf located?A) On the first floor near the entrance.B) On the second floor near the entrance.C) On the third floor in the center.D) On the third floor near the back.Answer: BExplanation: The man responds by saying the bookshelf is located “on the second floor, next to the entrance.” This indicates that the bookshelf is on the second floor and positioned next to the entrance of the library.6.Listening ComprehensionDirections: In this section, you will hear another short conversation. At the end of the conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After the question, there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C), and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the correspondingletter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the center.You will hear:M:Hi, Li Ming! Do you have any plans for this weekend?W:Yeah, I’m thinking about going to the zoo with my friends. How about you? M:Oh, I was actually planning to visit a new art gallery downtown. What do you think?Question: What does Li Ming want to do this weekend?A) Go to the zoo.B) Visit an art gallery downtown.C) Go shopping with Li Ming.D) Stay home and relax.Answer: BExplanation: The woman asks the man what he’s planning to do, to which he responds, “I was actually planning to visit a new art gallery downtown.” This implies that his plan was to go to an art gallery in the downtown area.7、Listen to the conversation and answer the question.W: How was your trip to the mountains last weekend?M: It was amazing! We hiked for hours and saw some beautiful scenery. What about you?Q: What did the man do last weekend?A: He went hiking in the mountains.B: He stayed at home.C: He went for a swim.D: He watched a movie.Answer: AExplanation: The man mentions that he hiked for hours and saw some beautiful scenery, indicating that he went hiking in the mountains.8、Listen to the dialogue and complete the following sentence.W: I can’t believe it’s already December. The year is flying by!M: Yes, it’s true. Before we know it, the holidays will be here.What is the main idea of the dialogue?A: They are discussing their favorite holiday traditions.B: They are making plans for their upcoming vacation.C: They are commenting on how quickly time is passing.D: They are comparing the weather from last December to this December. Answer: CExplanation: The key words in the dialogue are “flying by” and “before we know it, the holidays will be here,” which suggest that the speakers are noting how quickly time is passing.9、 You hear a conversation between two friends discussing their summer plans. What do they both agree to do this summer?A)Go to the beachB)Go to the mountainsC)Volunteer in a community projectD)Take a short trip to another cityAnswer: C) Volunteer in a community project解析：解析：从对话中可以听到他们一致同意在今年夏天参加一个社区项目，其他选项没有被提及。
2023-2024学年江苏连云港牛津译林版七年级下英语期末试卷(含解析)
2023-2024学年全国七年级下英语期末试卷考试总分：148 分考试时间： 120 分钟学校：__________ 班级：__________ 姓名：__________ 考号：__________注意事项：1．答题前填写好自己的姓名、班级、考号等信息;2．请将答案正确填写在答题卡上;卷I（选择题）一、单选题（本题共计 10 小题，每题 3 分，共计30分）1. It is _____ useful book. I have read it for _____ hour．（ ）A.an； aB.a； anC.an； /2. 根据音标，找出相对应的单词。
[hiə]A.hereB.hair3. —Peter, take away all your things on the desk, or there won't be enough ________ for your books.—Sorry, mum. I'll do it right now.A.areaB.roomC.wayD.surface4. The girl was unhappy yesterday because she got ________ from her friends on her tenth birthday.A.somethingB.nothingC.anythingD.everything5. —Li Nan, I want to go to the store, ________.—Sure. Mary ________ wants to go.B.too; alsoC.also; tooD.also; also6. —Could you please carry this heavy box for me?—______. I'm strong enough.A.Not at allB.Never mindC.No problem7. 31.It's very kind ______ you to lend me your reusable shopping bags.A.ofB.forC.toD.with8. The food is free. You don't have to ________ it.A.look forB.pay forC.ask forD.wait for9. Tina often ______ three to four times a week when she tried to lose weight.A.runB.runsC.ran10. —May I watch TV, Mom?—I'm afraid you ________.A.should notB.can't卷II（非选择题）二、填空题（本题共计 1 小题，共计3分）11.(3分) 单词拼写。
江苏译林牛津新教材初一英语期末试卷
初一英语期末复习(7—8）一。
单项选择1。
– You see，it’s my dream to buy ____ iphone 6.– Oh, you can ask your parents to buy ___ for you.A。
a；it B. an；it C。
a；one D。
an；one2. – We Chinese like drinking wine made _______ rice? –Really? It's quite different from us.A. of B。
from C. in D。
for3。
– Sorry，the price of the trousers is too _____。
– OK. Would you like to have a look at a cheaper ____?A。
expensive；one B. expensive; pair C. high；one D。
high; pair 4。
– I don't know ________ for the party.– You look so good now。
I think the pink T-shirt ______ the grey jeans very well.A。
what to wear; matches B。
how to wear it；matchesC. what to wear; matchD. when to go；match5. – Tom，go and _____ for the shoes。
– Why me? They are your shoes!A。
spend B。
cost C。
take D。
pay6。
– Where is Alex? Mr。
Lee ___ him。
– Maybe he ___ in the library。
You can go to have a look.A。
2020-2021学年牛津译林版七年级英语第一学期期末考试试卷(含答案)
night,Tom answersthesamequestion."Whatis the bestthing toyoutoday?"Everynight,Tom
—__________________________.
A.Chickenwith vegetablesandtwobowlsofrices
B.Chickenwith vegetablesandtwobowlsofrice
C.Chickenswith vegetableandtwobowlofrices
BallGamesCentre
Openhour:3：00p.m.—10：00p.m.
gameshere.
Openhour：4：00a.m.—12：00p.m.
SwimmingPool
Telephone：375-4753
FreeClasses
Dancing
Openhour:8：00a.m.—11：00a.m.
willputacoin(硬币)ortwoinside itandpartofthe fun is toseewhofinds it.Butevery
year
Englishhospitalsreceivemanytelephonecallsfromtheparents.Thechildrenoftennoticethe
ourteacher angry.Shesendsanotehomeaboutme.AndItalk back toMum.Sheis28,too.Iam
牛津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末检测试题》附答案
⽜津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末检测试题》附答案⽜津译林版英语七年级上学期期末测试卷学校________ 班级________ 姓名________ 成绩________ 单项填空1. _______ orange is_______ orange.A. The; anB. An; /C. An; theD. The; the2. My blouse is _______ Shanghai. It is_______ cotton.A. made of; made ofB. made in; made inC. made of; made inD. made in; made of3. -Are your parents at home now? -No. _______ of them are on holiday.A. BothB. EachC. EveryD. All4.He wants to go to the supermarket to buy ________.A. two kiloes of tomatosB. two kiloes of tomatoesC. two kilos of tomatoesD. two kilos of tomatos5. Amy's_______ boots are so beautiful!A. long leather whiteB. leather long whiteC. long white leatherD. white long leather6.The man _________ black trousers _________.A. in; look coolB. on; looks coolC. with; looks coolD. in; looks cool7. -_______ does your sister dance?-Never.A. How longB. How farC. How muchD. How often8. -What do you think of the_______ of the shoes?-They are too big for me.A. priceB. colourC. sizeD. number9. He is_______ to buy the poor children_______.A. kind enough; enough bookB. enough kind; enough booksC. kind enough; enough booksD. enough kind; books enough10.-Happy Children's Day, my lovely son! -_______.A. Yes. I am very happy.B. The same to you.C. OK. You are right.D. Thank you.11. Let Simon and_______ friends.A. I beB. I amC. me beD. me are12.Why not dress up_______ white_______ a doctor?A. in; inB. as; asC. as; inD. in; as13.— The price of an iPhone 6 will be more than 5,000 yuan. — Yes. Good things always_____ much. A. cost B. spend C. take D. get14.Look at the glove over there. Where is_______?A. other oneB. the other oneC. another oneD. the others15.Don't turn on the TV. Grandma now.A. sleepsB. sleepC. is sleepingD. are sleeping完型填空Today I'd like to tell you something about chocolate. Most of us____16____chocolate, but do you know how many___17___ of the chocolate there are and ___18___ they are made of ?Chocolate has three states(状态). People ___19___ the first state of chocolate from the seeds(种⼦)___20___ cacao(可可)tree. The second is a kind of ___21___. It is made by mixing(混合)the first state of chocolate with hot water or milk. And the third is a kind of ___22___ thing. It is made of the first state of chocolate, sugar and some ___23___ delicious things. In China, a lot of people like to eat chocolate as sweets. But some doctors ___24___ that people should not have too many chocolates because they have ___25___ fat and sugar.16. A. drink B. have C. cook D. make17. A. soups B. sports C. states D. stops18. A. which B. when C. how D. what19. A. build B. make C. buy D. plant20. A. of B. from C. by D. into21.A. water B. wood C. meal D. drink 22. A. sweet B. clean C. soft D. cool 23. A. others B. another C. other D. any 24. A. tellB. sayC. speakD. talk 25. A. too much B. too few C. too many D. too any 阅读理解 A One evening Tim is driving his car in the country and looking for a hotel. Then he sees an old man on the side ofthe road, so he stops his car and says to the old man, "Where is the Sun Hotel? Will you please tell me how to get there?" "Yes.”the old man answers, "I'll show you the way."He gets into Tim's car, and they drive for about 12 kilometers. When they come to a small house, the old man says, "Stop here." Tim stops and looks at the house. And he says to the old man, "But this isn't a hotel." "No." the old man answers, "This is my house. And now I’ll show you the way to the Sun Hotel. Turn back and go 9 kilometers. Then you'll see the hotel on your left.”26. Tim stops to _____.A. drive the old man homeB. ask the wayC. buy somethingD. say "hello" to the old man27. The old man takes Tim to______ .A. a hospitalB. a policemanC. a hotelD. his home28. In fact, it's only about ______ kilometers to get to the Sun Hotel.A. threeB. sixC. nineD. twelveB29. Which is the cheapest(最便宜)?A. Vegetable salad.B. Tofu.C. Egg and tomato soup.D. Cabbage.30. What drink is the most expensive?A. Milk.B. Coffee.C. Orange juice.D. Yogurt.31. How much will you spend on a plate of dumplings and Beijing duck?A. ￥49.B. ￥35.C. ￥57.D. ￥60.32. Which of the following will cost you ￥42?A. Beef with potatoes, a bowl of rice, eggs and tomatoes.B. Mutton, cabbage and a bottle of milk.C. Fried chicken,vegetable salad and a bowl of noodles.D. Beijing duck, Tofu and a cup of green tea. C Everyone needs friends. There is an old saying, "Friends are God's way of looking after us." But how do you find realfriendship(友谊)and keep it.The American writer Sally Seamans tells young students some clever ways to find friends. Sally says finding friendship is just like planting a tree. You plant the seed(种⼦)and look after it to make it grow.First you should choose(选择)a friend. What is a good friend? It is not because a person has money or good looks. A good friend should be kind and patient(耐⼼). For example, if you have a bad day, a good friend should listen to your complaints(抱怨)and do his or her best to help you. To make a friend, you cannot be too shy(害羞). You should make each other happy and share your lives.But things cannot always be happy. Even the best friends have fights. What should you do when you have a fight with your friend? You have to talk to him or her. When there is no other people around you, have an honest(诚实的)talk. if he or she doesn't want to talk, you could write a letter.There are three steps to be friends again:Tell him or her how you are feeling; say what your friend has done wrong, and explain(解释)why you did this or that. Remember that friendship is the most important thing in your life.33. Sally wants to tell students the ways to__________.A. keep a diaryB. find friendsC. get happyD. plant trees34. According to(根据)the passage, a good friend should__________.A. be lovely and coolB. have good looksC. have lots of moneyD. be kind and patient35. What does the underlined word "fights" in paragraph 4 mean in Chinese?A. 争吵B. 游戏C. 飞⾏D. ⽐赛36. According to the passage, you can__________your friend after a fight.A. buy a present forB. never say a word toC. write a letter toD. have dinner withDEach year, we celebrate many holidays here in America.On January 1, we welcome the coming of a new year like many people in the world. And we have another fourholidays on the first day of a month: April Fool's Day, May Day, Friendship Day (Aug. 1) and Grandparents Day (Sept. 1).Young people's favourite festival comes in February. It is Valentine's Day(情⼈节). Lots of boys give red roses(玫瑰) to girls as a present.People celebrate some holidays for their family members. We say thanks to our mother in May and celebrate Father's Day in the following month. In November many people go back home for Thanksgiving Day, so the whole family can stay together.There are also some interesting holidays for children. For example, Halloween comes at the end of October. Children often play with pumpkin lanterns and put on all kinds of masks. Of course, the biggest festival is Christmas. After a year of work and study, people can enjoy a long holiday, eat big meals, and visit family and friends.37. How many holidays do you know on the first day of a month in America?A. Four.B. Five.C. Seven.D. Ten.38.What is young people's favourite festival? A. Thanksgiving Day. B. Christmas Day. C. Valentine's Day. D. New Year's Day.39. Father's Day is in____.A. MayB. JulyC. AprilD. June40. Halloween is one of the interesting holidays for____.A. childrenB. mothersC. girlsD. students词汇检测根据下列句⼦所给⾸字母或汉语注释以及上下⽂,在答题卡标有题号的横线上,写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。
最新牛津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末检测卷》（带答案解析）
最新⽜津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末检测卷》（带答案解析）2020-2021学年第⼀学期期末测试⽜津译林版七年级英语试题听⼒理解A)听对话回答问题本部分共有10道⼩题，每⼩题你将听到⼀段对话，每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题⽬；听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which festival are they talking about?A. B. C.2. What is Tom doing now?A. B. C.3. What time does Kitty go to bed?A. B. C.4. Who's Julie?A. B. C.5. Which subject does Jimmy like best?A. History.B. English.C. Maths.6. How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.7. Where are they?A. In a bookshop.B. In a clothes shop.C. In a toy shop.8. How often does Millie go to the Reading Club?A. Twice a week.B. Once a week.C. Every day.9. What does the boy want to have for breakfast today?A. Pizza.B. Noodles.C. Bread.10. How much does the man need to pay?A. Fifty yuan.B. Twenty yuan.C. Fifteen yuan.B)听对话和短⽂回答问题你将听到⼀段对话和两篇短⽂，各听两遍，听每段对话和短⽂前，你将有时间阅读相关⼩题，每⼩题5秒钟；听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听下⾯⼀段对话，回答第11⾄12⼩题.11. What is Amy doing?A. Listening to a song.B. Listening to a story.C. Listening to a talk.12. Why does Tony like listening to stories?A. Because they are specialB. Because they are different.C. Because they are interesting.听下⾯⼀篇短⽂，回答第13⾄15⼩题.请根据内容从所给的A.、B、C三个选项中选择正确的选项，完成信息记录表.13. A. fruit B. drinks C. vegetables14. A. rousers B. shoes C. gloves15 A. an MP4 B. a CD C. a birthday card听下⾯⼀篇短⽂，回答第16⾄20⼩题.16. What does Lucy need for the fashion show?A. A designer.B. A boy.C. A model.17. What is the sweater made of?A. Wool.B. Leather.C. Cotton18. What colour is the skirt?A. Pink.B. White.C. Black.19. Which is NOT Lucy's design?A. A coat.B. A pair of jeans.C. A pair of boots.20. What are the clothes fit for?A. Sports meetings.B. Parties.C. Fashion shows.单项填空请认真阅读下⾯各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂⿊.1.The twin sisters have different hobbies. One likes playing violin and the other likes playing basketball.A. the; theB. the; aC. a; ／D. the; ／2.---______woman is Daniel's mother?-- The one in the red coat.A. WhatB. WhichC. WhoD. Where3.--- This T-shirt looks very modern. It's about 800 yuan.--- Sorry, it's too _______.I don't have enough money. Can I see another one?A. expensiveB. cheapC. differentD. beautiful4.--- Tom, when is our parents' meeting?---It begins _______two o'clock _______the afternoon of 9 December.A. in; inB. at; inC. at; onD. in; on5.—Would you like ________ cola? —No, thanks. I don't need ________ drinks now.A. some; someB. any; someC. any; anyD. some; any6.--- Oh, the dishes in this restaurant are very delicious.--- Please enjoy yourself, Millie! It is my _______ today.A. timeB. treatC. moneyD. food7.--- Millie, can you help me answer the phone? I _______ the clothes.---I'm coming!A. washB. washedC. washesD. am washing8.---Mum, there ____ no milk in the fridge.---Oh, but there ____ three bottles of orange juice.A. are; isB. are; areC. is; areD. is; is9.---The price of Huawei P30 pro is very high.---Yes. Good things always ____ much.A. costB. spendC. takeD. buy10.--- Kitty, you look beautiful and modern in this red dress!---__________A. Good luck!B. Thanks a lot!C. That's all right!D. The same to you!完形填空请认真阅读下⾯短⽂，从短⽂后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂⿊.The 15th day of the first month of the lunar calendar（农历）in China is the Lantern Festival.It's an important ___11___ in China. Chinese people celebrate it in many ways. In the evening there are different ___12___ Shows in parks and streets. Lanterns are often red ___13___ the Chinese think red stands for （代表）happiness and good luck. People ___14___ different lanterns out of paper and other things. Some are in the ___15___ of rabbits, birds and boats. Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars. There are ___16___ lanterns here and there. In some cities, such as Suzhou, there is ___17___ a big lantern show at night, and many people come to enjoy it every year.____18____are special food for the festival. Families always get together and ___19___a big meal. After that, people go out to____20____. They often sing and dance happily late until midnight.11. A. time B. festival C. month D. week12. A. flower B. fashion C. lantern D. food13. A. because B. before C. after D. when14. A. do B. paint C. cut D. make15. A. colours B. sizes C. shapes D. names16. A. few B. many C. little D. much17. A. seldom B. never C. usually D. sometimes18. A. Sweet dumplings B. Rice dumplings C. Moon cakes D. Turkeys19. A. like B. make C. plan D. enjoy20. A. watch films B. make lanterns C. watch the moon D. have fun阅读理解请认真阅读下列短⽂,从短⽂后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂⿊.AIf you go to a fast food restaurant, you will probably see a lot of children. Today, some children are too fat, and this is because of their bad eating habits(习惯). Most children are fond of food with a lot of fat, oil, salt and sugar. People call this kind of food "junk food".We find many children eat unhealthily. Some don't have breakfast before they go to school. During the day, some don't have proper(正常的) food for lunch. They don't like vegetables, and many of them don't like to eat fruit. They love to eat food with a lot of salt, sugar or fat.Parents today worry about their children's eating habits. Some doctors advise（建议）children to eat healthily.◆Children shouldn't eat too much junk food.◆Children should eat some fruit and vegetables every day.◆Children should drink more milk. ◆Children should eat breakfast every day.21. The underlined (划线的) phrase are fond of in the first paragraph means_______. A. dislike B. love C. hate D. hope 22. In this passage, doctors advise teenagers to eat more ______ . A. food with little salt and milk B. food with much sugar and fat C. vegetables and fruit D. cola and hamburgers 23. What's the best title for this passage? A. Keeping good eating habits B. Eating unhealthy food is bad C. Eating fast food is good D. Eating healthily worries parents B Many people like to watch TV when they want to have a rest. They like watching sitcoms（情景喜剧）.Sitcoms can make us laugh loudly. Maybe you didn't know the word “sitcom” before, but you might know the shows I love my family, Home with kids, Love Apartment. They are sitcoms.Sitcoms often take place in the same place, such as a living room or an office. The plots(故事情节) are often about the small problems in our life. Every character has a special personality（个性）．They make people laugh when they talk to each other.People love sitcoms because they can turn hard things into something funny. The character keep their sense ofhumor（幽默）, even when they're having a bad day. They tell us that even when bad things happen, we can laugh them off and life will go on.24. Which of the following isn't a sitcom?A. I love my familyB. Home with kidsC. Frozen ID. Love Apartment25. People can know _______ by watching sitcoms.A. how to have a restB. how to talk to each otherC. how to laugh loudlyD. how to live happily26. According to the passage, why do people like to watch sitcoms?A. Because the plots are about the big problems in our life.B. Because the characters often make people laugh.C. Because sitcoms often take place in different places.D. Because sitcoms often turn easy things into something funny.CThere is a China's first 3D printed bridge and it came into use in a park in Putuo District, Shanghai on 1 January 2019.The white bridge is about l.2 metres tall, 15.25 metres long and 3.8 metres wide. Shanghai Construction Group built it. It took 35 days to finish building the bridge. This bridge can stay well for about 30 years under the sun and rain.The bridge is very strong because it can carry 250 kilograms per square metre (每平⽅⽶)．That is to say，four people can walk on it at the same time per square metre.A new 3D robotic printing system (打印系统) was very important in the building, The team started planning on the system one and a half years ago. 3D printing needs fewer workers and does not make dust or waste. If parts of the bridge become damaged, the printing system can make them good again.This isn't the first 3D-printed bridge that made in China. Tongji University made the first two 3D printed bridges of China in 2017. But engineers (⼯程师) just built those two bridges as an experiment (实验) , not for use.27. How long did it take Shanghai Construction Group to build the 3D printed bridge?A. 35 days.B. 25 days.C. 20 days.D. 15 days.28. The underlined word damaged in the fourth paragraph means _______ .A. 新的B. 重要的C. 旧的D. 损坏的29. According to the last paragraph, what can we learn from?A. The 3D-printed bridge in Putuo District is the first 3D-printed bridge.B. Tongji University made two 3D-printed bridges in 2017.C. The engineers of Tongji University built the first two bridges in the parks.D. The students of Beijing University built the 3D-printed bridge as an experiment.D“Peter, where do you live?" asks Wendy.With the Lost Boys. They are children who fall out of their prams（婴⼉车）．We live in Neverland. I'm their captain（⾸领）．“What fun!" cries Wendy.“Yes, it is," says Peter. "But we feel lonely. There are no girls there, only boys! And no one tells us stories.”“Oh, poor you!" cries Wendy. “I know a lot of stories!"Peter takes her hand and pulls her to the window.“Wendy, come to Neverland with me and tell me stories!”Of course Wendy is very happy. But she says, "Oh dear, I can't. What about Mother? And I can't fly." “I can teach you," says Peter. “You can fly around with me and talk to the stars. And' Wendy, there are mermaids(美⼈鱼) in Neverland!"Peter is very clever. He knows the things that Wendy likes.“Oh!” cries Wendy. "I'd love to see a mermaid!”“Wendy, you can put us to bed at night," he says. “And mend our clothes. And make pockets for us."“Oh! How exciting!" she says. “Can you teach John and Michael to fly, too?"“If you like," says Peter, without much enthusiasm（热情）．Wendy goes and shakes（摇）John and Michael.“Wake up," she cries, “Peter Pan can teach us to fly."John opens his eyes and jumps out of bed. Michael gets up, too.30. Peter and the Lost Boys feel _____ in Neverland.A. happyB. sadC. lonelyD. afraid31. According to the passage which of the following is TRUE?A. Wendy lives in Neverland.B. Peter wants Wendy to live in Neverland.C. There aren't mermaids in Neverland.D. The Lost Boys don't like Iistening to stories.32. From the passage, we can infer（推断）that____.A. Wendy will be the captain in NeverlandB. The Lost Boys live in Neverland happilyC. John and Michael will go to Neverland with WendyD. Peter often tells the Lost Boys stories信息还原根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填⼊空⽩处的最佳选项.选项中有两项为多余选项.并在答题卡上将对应的选项涂⿊. A: Hello, Tommy! Did you see the film Amazing China?B: No. What do you think of it?A: ___33___B: I heard it is a documentary（记录⽚），and many people like watching it. ___34___A: It is about China's success in the past years.B：___35___ A: Yes.But most of the audience（观众）are 20-29 years old. B: Really? I can't believe it. Anything else? A：___36___B：Oh, I want to see it．___37___A: Sorry, I saw it last night. I think you can ask Jim to go with you. B: OK. I'll call him later. A. And the film makes more people love our country. B. Who is the director（导演）? C. I think it is wonderful. D. I think the old people like it very much, right? E. How can I get there? F. What is it about? G.Would you like to go with me? 词汇检测根据下列句⼦及所给汉语注释或通过上下⽂，在答题卡上标有题号的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式.每空只写⼀词.38. I don't like this red T-shirt. Can I have a look at ____ （另⼀个）one?39. We'd better do our best to help the children in poor ____（地区）.40. Xiao Min is too fat, and he needs to ____（改变）his lifestyle.41. This meal gives me energy for the ____（整个的）afternoon.42. My grandma has a few bad ____ （⽛齿）.She can't eat such hard food.43. The materials of the show ___ （包括）old newspapers, CDs and other things.44. The boy came into the room without ____（敲）on the door and it made me very angry.45. --- Young people like wearing jeans.--- Yes, jeans are very ____ among them.46. --- Jenny, what are you doing in your room?--- I am busy ____ an email to my penfriend.47. --- Is there a big ____ at your school?--- Yes. We can read different kinds of books there.句⼦翻译将下列句⼦译成英语，并将所译句⼦写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上.48. 孩⼦们正在为这场时装秀作准备.49. 你想要试穿这件⽩⾊丝绸衬衫吗？50. 让我们带领⽗母们参观⼀下校园.51. 观看舞狮⼦是件有趣的事.52. 她每天花半⼩时做运动.阅读表达阅读下⾯的短⽂并⽤英语回答问题，并将答案写在答题卡上标有题号的横线上.Do you like running? Do you know FUN RUN? Today in China, young people have friends on QQ or Wechat （微信）,and then they get together to run in the evening. It's a new sport.FUN RUN is good for you. First, running can help you to be healthy. Second, it's easy and cheap to run. You don't need to buy any sports equipment（设备）.And in the evening, you can run in a park, in the school or just on a street. Many people are very busy working or studying every day, so they don't have free time to do sports in the day. But in the evening, they have much time to run.Here are some important things for you when you want to have FUN RUN.▲Wear a pair of sports shoes.▲Listen to music if you think it's boring to run.▲Drink some water after running.▲Don't run alone（单独）.It's very important.53. What is FUN RUN?54. Why is FUN RUN good for people?55. Do you want to have FUN RUN? Why or why not?56.书⾯表达假如你是Daniel，你将通过发送电⼦邮件的⽅式与美国中学⽣Olivia进⾏交流.请根据下⾯表格内的提⽰向他介绍你⾃⼰和你的寒假计划.要求：1.词数90词左右.短⽂开头、结尾已经写好，不计⼊总词数；2.短⽂须包括所有要点，不要逐词翻译，可适当发挥，使短⽂连贯、通顺；3.⽂中不得提及真实的⼈名、校名等相关信息.Dear OliviaMy name is Daniel. I'm glad to know you!______________________________________________________________________________________________________Looking forward to your reply!Yours答案与解析听⼒理解A)听对话回答问题本部分共有10道⼩题，每⼩题你将听到⼀段对话，每段对话听两遍.在听每段对话前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题⽬；听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.1. Which festival are they talking about?A. B. C.2. What is Tom doing now?A. B. C.3. What time does Kitty go to bed?A. B. C.4. Who's Julie?A. B. C.5. Which subject does Jimmy like best?A. History.B. English.C. Maths.6. How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.7. Where are they?A. In a bookshop.B. In a clothes shop.C. In a toy shop.8. How often does Millie go to the Reading Club?A. Twice a week.B. Once a week.C. Every day.9. What does the boy want to have for breakfast today?A. Pizza.B. Noodles.C. Bread.10. How much does the man need to pay?A. Fifty yuan.B. Twenty yuan.C. Fifteen yuan.B)听对话和短⽂回答问题你将听到⼀段对话和两篇短⽂，各听两遍，听每段对话和短⽂前，你将有时间阅读相关⼩题，每⼩题5秒钟；听完后，你还有5秒钟的时间从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.听下⾯⼀段对话，回答第11⾄12⼩题.11. What is Amy doing?A. Listening to a song.B. Listening to a story.C. Listening to a talk.12. Why does Tony like listening to stories?A. Because they are specialB. Because they are different.C. Because they are interesting.听下⾯⼀篇短⽂，回答第13⾄15⼩题.请根据内容从所给的A.、B、C三个选项中选择正确的选项，完成信息记录表.13. A. fruit B. drinks C. vegetables14. A. rousers B. shoes C. gloves15. A. an MP4 B. a CD C. a birthday card听下⾯⼀篇短⽂，回答第16⾄20⼩题.16What does Lucy need for the fashion show?A. A designer.B. A boy.C. A model.17. What is the sweater made of?A. Wool.B. Leather.C. Cotton18. What colour is the skirt?A. Pink.B. White.C. Black.19. Which is NOT Lucy's design?A. A coat.B. A pair of jeans.C. A pair of boots.20. What are the clothes fit for?A. Sports meetings.B. Parties.C. Fashion shows.单项填空请认真阅读下⾯各题，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂⿊.1.The twin sisters have different hobbies. One likes playing violin and the other likes playing basketball.A. the; theB. the; aC. a; ／D. the; ／【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：这对双胞胎姐妹有不同的爱好.⼀个喜欢拉⼩提琴，另⼀个喜欢打篮球.考查冠词.根据乐器前⾯+the，球类前⾯不+the，根据“violin”是乐器，所以加the，“basketball”是篮球，此处不加the，故选D.2.---______woman is Daniel's mother?-- The one in the red coat.A. WhatB. WhichC. WhoD. Where【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——哪个⼥⼈是丹尼尔的妈妈?——穿红⾐服的那个.特殊疑问词.What什么；Which哪⼀个；Who谁；Where哪⾥；根据回答是“The one in the red coat”穿红⾐服的那个，所以此处⽤which，故选B.3.--- This T-shirt looks very modern. It's about 800 yuan.--- Sorry, it's too _______.I don't have enough money. Can I see another one?A. expensiveB. cheapC. differentD. beautiful【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——这件T恤看起来很时髦.⼤约800元.——对不起，太贵了，我没有⾜够的钱.我能再看⼀件吗?考查形容词.expensive昂贵的；cheap便宜的；different不同的；beautiful美丽的；根据回答“I don't have enough money”我没有⾜够的钱，所以此处是昂贵的，故选A.4.--- Tom, when is our parents' meeting?---It begins _______two o'clock _______the afternoon of 9 December. A.in; in B. at; in C. at; on D. in; on 【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意：——汤姆，我们的家长会是什么时候?——它于12⽉9⽇下午2点开始. 考查时间介词.at后⾯接表⽰时间的某⼀时刻；on后⾯接星期⼏或某⼀特定的⽇期；根据“two o'clock”，此处⽤at；根据“the afternoon of 9 December”，此处⽤on.故选C.【点睛】时间介词at, in, on的区别：1. 表⽰时间，注意以下⽤法：(1) 表⽰时间的某⼀点、某⼀时刻或年龄等⽤at.(2) 泛指⼀般意义的上午、下午或晚上以及⽉或年等较长的时间，⼀般⽤in.(3) 若表⽰星期⼏或某⼀特定的⽇期，有修饰词修饰的早中晚.则⽤on.5.—Would you like ________ cola? —No, thanks. I don't need ________ drinks now.A. some; someB. any; someC. any; anyD. some; any【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——你想来点可乐吗？——不了，谢谢.我现在不需要任何饮料.考查some/any⽤法.some可⽤在肯定句或表⽰询问意见的疑问句中；any⽤在否定句/疑问句中，表⽰“⼀些”，也可⽤在肯定句中，表⽰“任何”.分析句⼦，故选D.【点睛】some可⽤在肯定句或表⽰询问意见的疑问句中.例句：There are some students in the classroom. 有⼀些学⽣在教室⾥.Would you like some cola? 你想要⼀些可乐吗？any⽤在否定句/疑问句中，表⽰“⼀些”，也可⽤在肯定句中，表⽰“任何”.例句：There isn't any students in the classroom. 教室⾥没有⼀些学⽣.You can take anything you want. 你可以拿任何你想要的.6.--- Oh, the dishes in this restaurant are very delicious.--- Please enjoy yourself, Millie! It is my _______ today.D. food【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——哦，这家餐馆的菜很好吃.——请尽情享受吧，⽶莉!今天我请客.考查名词.time时间；treat对待，请客；money钱；food⾷物；根据答语的前⾯句⼦“Please enjoy yourself, Millie!”让对⽅尽情享受，判断出是想请客，故选B.7.--- Millie, can you help me answer the phone? I _______ the clothes.---I'm coming!A. washB. washedC. washesD. am washing【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——⽶莉，你能帮我接电话吗?我正洗⾐服.——我来了!考查现在进⾏时.wash动词原形；washed动词过去式；washes动词三单；am washing现在进⾏时；根据后⾯“I'm coming!”我来了，所以此处⽤现在进⾏时，表⽰“我正在洗⾐服”，故选D.8.---Mum, there ____ no milk in the fridge.---Oh, but there ____ three bottles of orange juice.A. are; isB. are; areC. is; areD. is; is【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——妈妈，冰箱⾥没有⽜奶了.——哦，但是有三瓶橙汁.考查主谓⼀致.there be句型考查“就近原则”.根据“milk”不可数名词，所以此处⽤is；根据“three bottles”，所以此处⽤are，故选C.【点睛】There be句型表⽰在某地有某物或某⼈.在这种句⼦⾥，谓语应和后⾯的主语取得⼀致，即主语是单数或不可数名词时，⽤there is，主语是复数时，⽤there are.但如果句中有两个或两个以上的主语时，谓语动词常和最靠近它的主语保持⼀致.如：There is a book and two pens on the desk.=There are two pens and a book on the desk. 桌⼦上有两⽀钢笔和⼀本书.There be句型的时态要通过be体现出来，此句是There be句型的⼀般现在时态.have/has表⽰某⼈或某物“拥有”什么东西，强调“所属关系”，⽽且某⼈某物作为句⼦的主语.He has a new pen.他有⼀⽀新钢笔.9.---The price of Huawei P30 pro is very high.---Yes. Good things always ____ much.D. buy【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——华为P30 pro价格⾮常⾼.——是的.好东西总是很贵的.考查动词.spend花钱，主语必须是⼈；cost花钱，主语是物或某种活动；take花钱，主语是物，后⾯常跟双宾语；buy买，主语是⼈；根据主语“Good things”，所以排除B.D；结合“The price”，所以是花钱，故选A.10.--- Kitty, you look beautiful and modern in this red dress!---__________A. Good luck!B. Thanks a lot!C. That's all right!D. The same to you!【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——凯蒂，你穿这件红⾊连⾐裙看起来很漂亮，很时髦!——谢谢.考查情景交际.Good luck!祝你好运；Thanks a lot!⾮常感谢；That's all right!没关系；The same to you!也同样祝愿你；根据“you look beautiful and modern in this red dress”你穿这件红⾊连⾐裙看起来很漂亮，很时髦，是对别⼈的赞美之词，所以此处回答应该表⽰感谢，故选B.完形填空请认真阅读下⾯短⽂，从短⽂后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂⿊.The 15th day of the first month of the lunar calendar（农历）in China is the Lantern Festival.It's an important ___11___in China. Chinese people celebrate it in many ways. In the evening there are different ___12___ Shows in parks and streets. Lanterns are often red ___13___ the Chinese think red stands for （代表）happiness and good luck. People ___14___ different lanterns out of paper and other things. Some are in the ___15___ of rabbits, birds and boats. Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars. There are ___16___ lanterns here and there. In some cities, such as Suzhou, there is ___17___ a big lantern show at night, and many people come to enjoy it every year.____18____are special food for the festival. Families always get together and ___19___a big meal. After that, people go out to____20____. They often sing and dance happily late until midnight.11. A. time B. festival C. month D. week12. A. flower B. fashion C. lantern D. food13. A. because B. before C. after D. when14. A. do B. paint C. cut D. make15. A. colours B. sizes C. shapes D. names16. A. few B. many C. little D. much17. A. seldom B. never C. usually D. sometimes18. A. Sweet dumplings B. Rice dumplings C. Moon cakes D. Turkeys19. A. like B. make C. plan D. enjoy20. A. watch films B. make lanterns C. watch the moon D. have fun【答案】11. B 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. C 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. D【解析】【分析】本⽂讲述了元宵节.它是中国⼀个重要的节⽇.中国⼈有很多庆祝⽅式.晚上在公园和街道上有不同的灯展.灯笼通常是红⾊的，因为中国⼈认为红⾊代表幸福和好运.⼈们⽤纸和其他东西做不同的灯笼.汤圆是节⽇的特别⾷品.家⼈总是聚在⼀起，享受⼀顿⼤餐.在那之后，⼈们出去玩.【11题详解】句意：它是中国⼀个重要的节⽇.time时间；festival节⽇；month⽉；week周；根据“The 15th day of the first month of the lunar calendar（农历）in China is the Lantern Festival”农历第⼀个⽉的第15天中国的元宵节，所以此处是重要节⽇，故选B. 【12题详解】句意：晚上在公园和街道上有不同的灯展.flower花；fashion时装；lantern灯笼；food⾷物；根据“Lanterns are often red…”灯笼通常是红⾊的，所以此处是灯笼，故选C.【13题详解】句意：灯笼通常是红⾊的，因为中国⼈认为红⾊代表幸福和好运.because因为；before在……之前；after在……之后；when当……时；分析句⼦“Lanterns are often red ___3___ the Chinese think red stands for（代表）happiness and good luck.”灯笼通常是红⾊的，中国⼈认为红⾊代表幸福和好运，所以此处是因为，故选A.【14题详解】句意：⼈们⽤纸和其他东西做不同的灯笼.do做；paint油漆；cut切；make做；根据make …out of表⽰⽤……做什么，结合句⼦，此处是⽤纸和其他东西做不同的灯笼，故选D.【15题详解】句意：有些是兔⼦、鸟和船的形状.colours颜⾊；sizes尺⼨；shapes形状；names名字；根据“Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars”有些是龙和卡通明星的形状，所以此处是形状，故选C.【16题详解】句意：到处都有很多灯笼.few⼏乎没有（加可数名词）；many许多（加可数名词）；little⼏乎没有（加不可数名词）；much许多（加不可数名词）；根据“There are __6__ lanterns here and there”到处都有灯笼，所以此处是许多，因为灯笼是可数名词，所以⽤many，故选B.【17题详解】句意：晚上通常有⼀个⼤型的灯展，每年都有许多⼈来欣赏它.seldom很少；never没有；usually通常；sometimes有时；根据“and many people come to enjoy it every year”每年都有许多⼈来欣赏它，所以此处是通常，故选C.【18题详解】句意：汤圆是节⽇的特别⾷品.Sweet dumplings元宵；Rice dumplings粽⼦；Moon cakes⽉饼；Turkeys⽕鸡；根据常识，在元宵节吃元宵，故选A.【19题详解】句意：家⼈总是聚在⼀起，享受⼀顿⼤餐.like喜欢；make做；plan计划；enjoy喜爱；根据“Families always get together and ___9___a big meal.”家⼈总是聚在⼀起，⼀顿⼤餐，所以此处享受，故选D.【20题详解】句意：在那之后，⼈们出去玩.watch films看电影；make lanterns做灯笼；watch the moon看⽉亮；have fun玩的开⼼；根据“They often sing and dance happily late until midnight”他们经常⾼兴地唱歌跳舞到深夜，所以他们是出去玩，故选D.【点睛】做完形填空时，⾸先要通读课⽂，明⽩主旨⼤意，然后再做题.做完形时要记住“瞻前顾后想结果”这⼀原则，根据上下⽂以及语境做题，切忌主观臆断.另外，平时还要多多积累词汇.完型填空常考名词、动词、形容词和副词等辨析.做词义辨析题时，⾸先要确认四个选项的含义，然后分析语境和逻辑关系，确定答案.本⽂第五题考查名词.先确定四个词的意思.colours颜⾊；sizes尺⼨；shapes形状；names名字；根据“Some are in the shapes of dragons and cartoon stars”有些是龙和卡通明星的形状，所以此处是形状，故选C.阅读理解请认真阅读下列短⽂,从短⽂后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂⿊.AIf you go to a fast food restaurant, you will probably see a lot of children. Today, some children are too fat, and this is because of their bad eating habits(习惯). Most children are fond of food with a lot of fat, oil, salt and sugar. People call this kind of food "junk food".We find many children eat unhealthily. Some don't have breakfast before they go to school. During the day, some don't have proper(正常的) food for lunch. They don't like vegetables, and many of them don't like to eat fruit. They love to eat food with a lot of salt, sugar or fat.Parents today worry about their children's eating habits. Some doctors advise（建议）children to eat healthily.◆Children shouldn't eat too much junk food.◆Children should eat some fruit and vegetables every day.◆Children should drink more milk.◆Children should eat breakfast every day.21. The underlined (划线的) phrase are fond of in the first paragraph means_______.A. dislikeB. loveC. hateD. hope22. In this passage, doctors advise teenagers to eat more ______ .A. food with little salt and milkB. food with much sugar and fatC. vegetables and fruitD. cola and hamburgers23. What's the best title for this passage?A. Keeping good eating habitsB. Eating unhealthy food is badC. Eating fast food is goodD. Eating healthily worries parents【答案】21. B 22. C 23. A【解析】本⽂讲述了保持好的饮⾷习惯.现在的⽗母担⼼孩⼦的饮⾷习惯.⼀些医⽣建议孩⼦吃得健康.孩⼦们不应该吃太多的垃圾⾷品.孩⼦们应该每天吃⼀些⽔果和蔬菜.孩⼦们应该多喝⽜奶.孩⼦们应该每天吃早餐. 【21题详解】词义猜测题.根据“Today, some children are too fat, and this is because of their bad eating habits. Most children are fond of food with a lot of fat, oil, salt and sugar.”今天，有些孩⼦太胖了，这是因为他们的坏饮⾷习惯.⼤多数孩⼦吃含有⼤量脂肪、油、盐和糖的⾷物，所以此处是喜欢的意思，故选B.【22题详解】细节理解题.根据建议第⼆条“Children should eat some fruit and vegetables every day.”孩⼦们应该每天吃⼀。
最新牛津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末检测试卷》(附答案)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题一、听力测试（一）、听下面10段对话，每段对话后有1个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. What food does Mike like?A. B. C.2. Which is Tom’s favourite festival?A. B. C.3.What are they talking about?A. B. C.4. What’s Simon doing now?A. B. C.5. What does Kitty want to be?A. A teacher.B. A singer.C. A worker.6. What lesson does Sandy have on Tuesday and Thursday?A. Art.B. History.C. Geography.7Where are they talking?A. In the library.B. In the bookshop.C. In the classroom.8. How often does the boy go to the hill?A. Once a week.B. Once a month.C. Every day.9. Who is your Chinese teacher?A. Miss Wang.B. Mr. Wang.C. Mr. Wu. 10. How many students are there in the girl’s class? A. Thirty-one. B. Twenty-two. C. Fifty-three.（二）听下面一段对话和两篇短文，每段对话和短文后有几个小题，从题中所给的A 、B 、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话和短文读两遍. 听一段对话，回答第11-12小题.11When does Peter’s school day start? A. At 8:00. B. At 8:15. C. At 8:25. 12. What’s Peter’s favourite subject ? A. English. B. Chinese. C. Maths.听第一篇短文，回答第13-15小题.13. A. aunt B. sister C. mother14. A. bananas B. noodles C. dumplings 15. A. orange B. apple juice C. cola听第二篇短文，回答第16-20小题16. Where does Alice live?A. In Shanghai.B. In Nanjing.C. In Chongqing. 17. What does Alice teach?A. Math.B. Chinese.C. English. 18. What is Alice like?A. Friendly.B. Tall.C. Beautiful. 19. Where does Alice have supper?A. At home.B. At school.C. In the restaurant. 20. How does Alice feel every day?A. Tired（累的）.B. Happy.C. Sad.二、单项选择1.—What’s your favourite fruit?—Apples, You know. _______ apple a day keeps _______ doctor away.A. A；aB. A；theC. The；aD. An；the2.Miss Williams teaches _______ English this term. We love her very much..A. ourB. usC. weD. I3.—Why don’t you like sweet snacks?—Because there is _______ sugar in them.A. many tooB. much tooC. too muchD. too many4.We have meat and vegetables _______lunch.A. inB. onC. withD. for5.—_______ everyone in your family like Mid-Autumn Day?—Yes, of course.A. DoB. DoesC. IsD. Are6.—_______ is your home from your school?—It is about three kilometres.A. How oftenB. How longC. How farD. How old7.I don't have _______ nice stickers. Can I have _______?A. some; anyB. any; anyC. any; someD. some; some8.—What would you like _______?—Beef, fish, green beans, apple juice and some rice.A. to orderB. orderC. orderingD. orders9.一What’s in your pencil-box?—There _______ a ruler and six pencils in it.A. areB. isC. haveD. has10.I like this pair of shoes. Could I _______?A. try them onB. try on itC. try on themD. try it on11.My mother cooks dinner for us every day. Look! She _______ vegetables now.A. washesB. is washingC. are washingD. washing12.—Your brother speaks English very well.—Yes, so he does. He practises _______ English every day.A. speakingB. speakC. speaksD. to speak13.—I have no money with me. How can I get home?—Don't worry. I can _______ some _______ you.A. lend; toB. lend; fromC. borrow; toD. borrow; from14.The shop _______at 8：00 a. m. and it _______for ten hours every day.A. is open; opensB. opens; opensC. opens; is openD. is open, is open15.My mother always _______ at 6:30 in the morning, so I'm never late for school.A. wake up meB. wakes up meC. wake me upD. wakes me up16.—Which of the two shirts would you like?—Well, I have no idea（我不知道）. _______ of them look nice.A. AllB. BothC. EachD. Every17.—Miss Gao is very popular with her students.—Yes. Her classes are _______ lively（生动的）and interesting.A. seldomB. neverC. sometimesD. always18.Amy has to _______a big dinner this evening. She looks great in a white blouse.A. wait forB. look forC. be fit forD. go for19.—_______, sir?—I'd like to buy a gift for my friend.A. Can you help meB. What can I do for youC.How are youD. What day is it today 20.—You look very cool today, Simon. —_______. A. Really? Thank you B. Oh, I don't think so C. No. I am not cool at all D. Yes. 三、完形填空Mr. Brown lives in a village. He has ____21____ farms and about twenty people working for him. He often____22____ them to work hard and be honest (诚实的).One day he goes to a farm and works with the workers there. Soon it is time ____23____ lunch. He puts ____24____ nice bread on the table and ____25____. A few minutes later he comes back but he ____26____ find the bread. “Who eats the ____27____on the table?” he shouts.Some of the workers answer, “We ____28____.”The others says, “We don’t eat it, either（也）.”“Well,” said Mr. Smith, “____29____ are a lot of mice（老鼠）in the rooms, you know. So I ____30____ some poison(毒药) in the bread. ____31____ they eat, they must die（死）.”As soon as（一…就…）he finishes, four workers begin to cry. “Oh, dear!”“____32____?”asks Mr. Smith.“We eat the bread when you are out. We are going to die.” One of them cries.“____33____,”Mr. Smith says ____34____ a smile, “I only ____35____ you. Use your head.”21.A. a few B. one C. much D. a lot 22. A. says B. tells C. talks D. speaks 23. A. in B. at C. for D. with 24. A. two B. many C. a D. some 25. A. goes out B. comes in C. sits down D. stands up 26. A. isn’t B. can’t C. aren’t D. don’t27. A. mice B. drinks C. bread D. apples 28. A. are B. don’t C. do D. doesn’t29. A. They B. We C. What D. There 30. A. take B. buy C. put D. need 31. A. That B. Before C. If D. Until（直到…为止）32.A. How are youB. What are you doingC. What time is itD. What’s wrong with you（你们怎么了）33. A. Excuse me B. Don’t worry C. Good idea D. Great34. A. with B. for C. in D. on35. A. trick or treat B. play a trick on C. dress up as D. have lunch with四、阅读理解(A)36. If you are a boy, you can _________to have a special birthday.A. visit www. g-birthday. com.B. visit www. b-birthday. com.C. stay in the school hallD. get a free（免费的）meal37. You want to order Set B for ten persons（人）, how much do you need to pay?A. ＄100.B. ＄200C. ＄300D. ＄40038. Which of the following is TRUE accordingto the passage（根据短文）?A. They have three kinds of parties.B. The party will be in a big restaurant.C. They have two kinds of set dinners.D. There are different websites for boys and girls.39. We can’t know about _________ from the passage.A. the telephone number of the websitesB. the cost of set dinnersC. the name of the restaurantD. the address (地址) of the website40. The passage（短文）is probably（可能）_________.A. an advertisement (广告) of a websiteB. an invitation (邀请) to a birthday partyC. an advertisement of a restaurantD. a piece of news（新闻）about birthday parties(B)The Monkey Buffet Festival(猴子自助餐节) is on the last Sunday of November．It is a great day for monkeys in Thailand．People there think monkeys can bring good luck to them．So，to thank monkeys，they have this special festival．Every year on that day，people put lots of fruit，vegetables，cakes and even drinks on the tables outside．They are all for monkeys．Many people come to see the monkeys on that day．During the festival，there are a lot of interesting activities about monkeys．Young people are always dressed up as monkeys and they sing，dance and play music in the street．Monkeys always live in groups．Most of them live in the trees．They are good at running and jumping．They eat fruit，vegetables，flowers and birds’eggs．Monkeys are clever animals．Do you think so?41. The Monkey Buffet Festival is on _________ .A. the first Saturday of NovemberB. the last Saturday of NovemberC. the first Sunday of NovemberD. the last Sunday of November42. People have the special festival because they think monkeys _______．A.are cuteB. can work for themC. are cleverD. can bring good luck 43. On that day，young people always_________．A. eat all kinds of foods B. sing, dance and play music in the street C. play with monkeys D. run and jump 44. Of the four kinds of foods，monkeys don’t eat ________．A. beef B. bananas C. birds’eggs D. apples 45. What does the passage（短文）mainly（主要地）talk about? A. Monkeys are clever animals． B. Monkeys’favourite food．C. A festival for monkeys D. Monkeys in Thailand （C）Hello, everyone. My name is Alice. I usually go to school by bus, but the day before Christmas, I ride a bike to school.On my way, I find a box lying on the road. I stop my bike and pick up the box. I open it and see a beautiful new dress in it. How I want to have a new dress as my Christmas present! I think it looks cool on me, but I must give it back tothe owner (物主). There is no time to wait for the owner because I may be late for school. So I give it to a policeman. At night, Mum asks me to put a box under the Christmas tree and says I will get a nice present tomorrow. The next morning, I get up early and run to the Christmas tree. I can’t wait to open the box. I find a beautiful dress and it is just the same dress as I see on the road. A note in it says, “Alice, you are our good girl. This is the dress you find on your way to your school. I lose （丢失）it on my way. Mum”46. How does Alice go to school on the day before Christmas?A. By bike.B. By taxi.C. By bus.D. By car.47. What does Alice find on the road?A. A bag.B. A box.C. A present.D. A tree.48. What does the word “pick up” mean?A. 拾起B. 寻找C. 观察D. 检查49. Who is the owner of the box?A. Alice’s teacher.B. The policeman.C. Alice’s mother.D. Alice’s friend.50. Why does Alice give the dress to a policeman? Because .A. she doesn’t like the dressB. she wants the policeman to find the ownerC. she knows she will get a dress on Christmas EveD. she hopes the policeman will praise (表扬) her阅读表达Jim gets up very early one day and finds some changes (改变) in his house. But he can’t tell why. He looks carefully （仔细地）and finds:◆The big tree is behind the house, but now it’s in front of the house.◆The garden with flowers is gone (消失). In its place there is much grass.◆The dog house in the corner of the garden is gone.◆The green clock in his bedroom changes into a yellow one.“Mum! Mum! An ali en (外星人) changes our house!” Jim runs to his mum and tells her about what he sees. Mum iscleaning the living room. She’s not surprised at all（一点也不惊讶）. “Oh, it’s your dad. He thinks our house is boring （乏味的）, so he wants to change it. What do you think of t he changes? Do you like them?”根据短文内容，回答下列问题，每题答案不超过7个词.51. What does Jim find in his house after he gets up? ________________________________52. How many changes are there about Jim’s house? ________________________________53. Where is the big tree now? _____________________________________54. Who changes Jim’s house? _____________________________________55. Why does Jim’s father want to change their house? ________________________________任务型阅读阅读下列短文，根据短文中的信息完成文后表格，每空一词.I am a student in Grade 7. I have two friends at school. They are Tina and Max.Tina is my classmate, we are in the same class. She is a girl. She is tall and slim. She has long hair and big eyes. She likes dancing and dances for half an hour every day. Her favourite subject is English and she often helps me with my English. She always wears pink clothes, and she looks nice in pink. And she often wears a pair of red boots. They are made of leather.Max is Tina’s cousin, he is in Grade 8. He is a tall boy with glasses. He likes sports and he thinks sports can help people keep healthy. He loves basketball very much. He plays basketball well and often plays with his classmates. He also likes swimming and he goes swimming on Saturdays and Sundays.七、词汇运用根据句意和汉语注释，写出正确的单词.每空限一词.66. Xinghua is a ____________ (现代的) city. It’s very beautiful.67. He often goes on a ____________ (野餐) with his family on weekends.68. —Whose ____________ (围巾) are these?—They’re Peter’s.69. I get 100 ____________ (分数) in the test. How happy I am!70. After you get to school, you should read English ____________ (首先).71. The ____________ (价格) of the leather basketball is too high.72. I think these shoes are very ____________(舒服). They are just the right size.根据句意，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空.每空不限一词.73. It takes Jim about half an hour ____________ (get) to school every morning.74. Daniel, ____________ (listen) to the teacher carefully, please!75. Simon ____________(not watch) ball games on TV in the evening.76. Don’t drink too much cola because it is not good for your ____________ (tooth).77. Halloween is many ____________ (child) favourite festival in the USA.78. ____________ (two) a week, I go shopping with my mother in that shopping mall.79. Daniel’s mother often __________(exercise) in the park in the morning.80. Look! They _______________ (give) a fashion show in the school hall.缺词填空“This morning,” the teacher says to her class, “I am going to give you a test (测试). This is a fun test to show how clever you are. I will a____81____ each of you one question.”One by one she asks her students a question. For example（例如）, “What is the next n____82____: 2, 4, 6 …, James?” The answer, of course, is 8.A____83____ question is “Alice, can you tell me where afternoon comes b____84____ morning?” And the answer is “In the dictionary (字典)”. And the third（第三）question is: My grandmother is very old. She is 80 years old and f____85____ times (倍数) as old as I am. The answer is: 20. …Finally（最后）, she thinks about asking Johnny the last（最后的）q____86____. Johnny isn't good at his lessons. The teacher thinks this is because he is very l____87____ and he always spends much time p____88____ games. “Now, Johnny,” she says, “I am going to ask you a simple (简单的) question. Listen carefully and give me the correct （正确的）a____89____. The question is: Captain Cook makes three trips（旅行）around the world. He dies（死）o n one of the trips. On which trip does he die?”“That’s not a fair (公平的) question,” Johnny says, “That question tests（测试）what I know about history, not how c____90____I am.”91.书面表达请以“My best friend”为题，根据下列要点提示写一篇英语作文：1．Jack, 14岁，阳光中学（Sunshine Middle School）七年级一班.他高而强壮.2．他喜欢运动，他是校篮球队的成员.3. 他很少吃汉堡，因为……（至少一点）.4．他家附近有一个购物中心.他经常在那儿购物.他认为它是一个会见朋友和玩乐的好地方.5．他最喜欢的节日是春节，因为……（至少一点）.6．他每天总是过得很愉快.注意：1．词数不少于80词.2．短文须包括所有要点内容，不要逐词翻译，可适当发挥，使短文连贯通顺.My best friend____________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________He always has a good time every day.答案与解析一、听力测试（一）、听下面10段对话，每段对话后有1个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. What food does Mike like?A. B. C.2. Which is Tom’s favourite festival?A. B. C.3.What are they talking about? A. B. C.4. What’s Simon doing now?A. B. C.5. What does Kitty want to be? A. A teacher. B. A singer. C. A worker.6. What lesson does Sandy have on Tuesday and Thursday? A. Art. B. History. C. Geography.7. Where are they talking? A. In the library. B. In the bookshop. C. In the classroom.8. How often does the boy go to the hill? A. Once a week. B. Once a month. C. Every day.9. Who is your Chinese teacher? A. Miss Wang. B. Mr. Wang. C. Mr. Wu.10. How many students are there in the girl’s class?A. Thirty-one.B. Twenty-two.C. Fifty-three.（二）听下面一段对话和两篇短文，每段对话和短文后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项.每段对话和短文读两遍.听一段对话，回答第11-12小题.11. When does Peter’s school day start?A. At 8:00.B. At 8:15.C. At 8:25.12. What’s Peter’s favourite subject ?A. English.B. Chinese.C. Maths.听第一篇短文，回答第13-15小题.13. A. aunt B. sister C. mother14. A. bananas B. noodles C. dumplings15. A. orange B. apple juice C. cola听第二篇短文，回答第16-20小题16. Where does Alice live?A. In Shanghai.B. In Nanjing.C. In Chongqing.17. What does Alice teach?A. Math.B. Chinese.C. English.18. What is Alice like?A. Friendly.B. Tall.C. Beautiful.19Where does Alice have supper?A. At home.B. At school.C. In the restaurant.20. How does Alice feel every day?A. Tired（累的）.B. Happy.C. Sad.二、单项选择1.—What’s your favourite fruit?—Apples, You know. _______ apple a day keeps _______ doctor away.A. A；aB. A；theC. The；aD. An；the【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——你最喜欢什么水果？——苹果，你知道的.一天一苹果，医生远离我.考查冠词.第一个空表示泛指，而且apple是以元音音素开头的单词，所以用不定冠词an修饰，第二个空，特指的是医生，所以用定冠词the；An apple a day keeps the doctor away.“一天一苹果，医生远离我.”是一句谚语；故答案选D.【点睛】本题考查冠词用法.冠词分为定冠词、不定冠词和零冠词.不定冠词包括a和an ，表示泛指某人或某物，a用于辅音音素开头的单词前面；an用于元音音素开头的单词前面.the是定冠词，表示特指某个（些）人或者物，或者在文中再次提到该事物时；零冠词用于一些特殊的结构中.本题根据题干可知第一个空，表示泛指，而且apple是以元音音素开头的单词，故用不定冠词an，第二个空，特指的是医生，所以用定冠词the，故答案选D.2.Miss Williams teaches _______ English this term. We love her very much..A. ourB. usC. weD. I【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：Williams小姐这个学期教我们英语.我们非常爱她.考查代词.A. our我们，形容词性的物主代词；B. us我们，宾格；C. we我们，主格；D. I我，主格.teach +sb+科目“教某人某个学科”结合语境“Williams小姐这个学期教____英语.我们非常爱她.”设空处放在动词teaches后面作宾语，所以应用宾格代词；结合选项可知B选项符合题意，故答案选B.3.—Why don’t you like sweet snacks?—Because there is _______ sugar in them.A. many tooB. much tooC. too muchD. too many【答案】C【详解】句意：——你为什么不喜欢甜食？——因为里面有太多的糖.考查形容词短语.A. many too搭配错误，排除；B. much too中心词是too，much此处做副词，表示程度，后面跟形容词或副词，意思是“非常、太…”；C. too much中心词是much，too作为副词修饰much，后面跟不可数名词，意思是“太多的…”；D. too many中心词是many，意思是“太多的”，用法与many相同，用来修饰可数名词复数.本题根据Because there is ____ sugar in them.“因为里面有太多的糖.”可知sugar为不可数名词，应用too much修饰；故答案选C.4.We have meat and vegetables _______lunch.A. inB. onC. withD. for【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：我们午饭吃肉和蔬菜.考查介词辨析.A. in在…里面；B. on在…上面；C. with和…一起；D. for为了、对于、至于.根据We have meat and vegetables ___lunch.可知句意为“我们午饭吃肉和蔬菜.”have…for breakfast/lunch/dinner“早饭/午饭/晚饭吃…”，为固定搭配，故答案选D.5.—_______ everyone in your family like Mid-Autumn Day?—Yes, of course.A. DoB. DoesC. IsD. Are【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——你家里每个人都喜欢中秋节吗？——是的，当然喜欢.考查一般疑问句.根据____ everyone in your family like Mid-Autumn Day? 可知，like在句中为实义动词，表示“喜欢”，而且主语为不定代词everyone，所以一般疑问句需要借助于助动词does；结合选项可知B选项符合题意，故答案选B.6.—_______ is your home from your school?—It is about three kilometres.A. How oftenB. How longC. How farD. How old【答案】C【详解】句意：——你家离学校有多远？——大约三公里.考查特殊疑问词辨析.根据答语It is about three kilometres.“大约三公里.”可知上文是问“你家离学校有多远？”“多远”how far；结合选项可知C选项符合题意，故答案选C.【点睛】本题考查特殊疑问词的辨析.A. How often“多久一次”，是对频率的提问；B. How long“多长”，是对长度或一段时间的提问；C. How far“多远”是对距离的提问；D. How old“几岁”，是对年龄的提问.本题根据答语It is about three kilometres.“大约三公里.”可知是对距离的提问，所以用how far；故答案选C.7.I don't have _______ nice stickers. Can I have _______?A. some; anyB. any; anyC. any; someD. some; some【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——我没有很好的贴纸，能给我一些吗？考查代词用法.any通常用于否定句或一般疑问句，some通常用于肯定句，但是表示请求帮助，而且希望得到肯定回答时一般疑问句用some代替any.根据句意“——我没有很好的贴纸，能给我一些吗？”第一个空，否定句用any；第二个空，表示请求帮助，并且希望得到肯定回答用some；故答案选C.8.—What would you like _______?—Beef, fish, green beans, apple juice and some rice.A. to orderB. orderC. orderingD. orders【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——你想要点什么？——牛肉、鱼、青豆，苹果汁和一些米饭.考查固定句式.根据What would you like ____? 可知本句考查固定句式：would like to do sth表示想要做某事；结合选项可知A选项符合题意，故答案选A.9.一What’s in your pencil-box?—There _______ a ruler and six pencils in it.A. areB. isC. haveD. has【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——你的铅笔盒里有什么？——里面有一把尺子和六支铅笔.考查there be句型的就近原则.根据There ____ a ruler and six pencils in it.可知本题考查there be句型的就近原则；当there be结构中的主语既有单数也有复数形式时，动词根据“就近原则”来决定，本题中的动词决定于 a ruler，单数形式，所以be动词用is，故答案选B.10.I like this pair of shoes. Could I _______?A. try them onB. try on itC. try on themD. try it on【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：我喜欢这双鞋，我能试穿一下吗？考查动词短语.try on“试穿”，是“及物动词+副词”短语，宾语是代词时应放在中间，名词时既可以放在中间也可以放在后面.本题中设空处指代前面的shoes为复数形式，所以应用them来代替，try them on“试穿它们”，故答案选A.11.My mother cooks dinner for us every day. Look! She _______ vegetables now.A. washesB. is washingC. are washingD. washing【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：我妈妈每天给我做饭.看！她正在洗蔬菜.考查现在进行时.A. washes第三人称单数；B. is washing现在进行时；C. are washing现在进行时；D. washing动名词.根据Look! She ____ vegetables now.由句中的时间状语now，可知句子时态用现在进行时，现在进行时的构成为：am/is/are+动词现在分词，主语是she，be动词用is，wash的现在分词是washing；故答案选B.12.—Your brother speaks English very well.—Yes, so he does. He practises _______ English every day.A. speakingB. speakC. speaksD. to speak【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——你哥哥英语说得很好.——是的，他确实说的不错.他每天练习说英语.考查非谓语动词.A. speaking 动名词；B. speak动词原形；C. speaks第三人称单数；D. to speak动词不定式.speak意思是“说”，practise doing sth.固定搭配，意思是“练习做某事”；故答案选A.13.—I have no money with me. How can I get home?—Don't worry. I can _______ some _______ you.A. lend; toB. lend; fromC. borrow; toD. borrow; from【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——我身上没带钱，我怎么回家？——别担心，我可以借给你一些.考查动词辨析及动词固定搭配.lend“借出”，常用结构lend sth.to sb.“把某物借给某人”；borrow“借入”，常用结构borrow sth.from sb.“向某人借某物”.根据句意“——我身上没带钱，我怎么回家？——别担心，我可以借给你一些.”可知lend sth.to sb.“把某物借给某人”符合题意，故答案选A.14.The shop _______at 8：00 a. m. and it _______for ten hours every day.A. is open; opensB. opens; opensC. opens; is openD. is open, is open【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：这家商店在上午八点开门，它每天营业十小时.考查一般现在时.根据时间状语every day可知本句时态用一般现在时；第一个空，open用作动词，作谓语，主语是the shop，第三人称单数形式，所以动词open也要用第三人称单数形式opens；第二个空，open是形容词，be open表示一种状态，意思是“开着的”，主语是it，是单数形式，所以用is open；结合选项可知C选项符合题意，故答案选C.15.My mother always _______ at 6:30 in the morning, so I'm never late for school.A. wake up meB. wakes up meC. wake me upD. wakes me up【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：我妈妈总是在早上六点半叫醒我，所以我上学从不迟到.考查动词短语.由always可知句子时态用一般现在时，主语mother为第三人称单数，所以谓语动词也要用第三人称单数形式；wake up“”叫醒，是动副词短语，宾格代词应置于中间；结合选项可知D选项符合题意，故答案选D.16.—Which of the two shirts would you like?—Well, I have no idea（我不知道）. _______ of them look nice.A. AllB. BothC. EachD. Every【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——这两件衬衫你喜欢哪一件？——嗯，我也不知道.它们看起来都不错.考查不定代词.A. All都，表示三者或三者以上都；B. Both两者都；Each每一个，强调个体；D. Every每一个，强调整体，全部.根据two shirts可知共有两件衬衫，根据Well, I have no idea（我不知道）.___ of them look nice.可知，拿不定注意，应该是两件都好；结合选项可知B选项符合题意，故答案选B.17.—Miss Gao is very popular with her students.—Yes. Her classes are _______ lively（生动的）and interesting.A. seldomB. neverC. sometimesD. always【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——高老师很受学生们的欢迎.——是的，她的课总是生动有趣.考查频度副词.A. seldom很少；B. never从不；C. sometimes有时；D. always总是、一直.根据上文Miss Gao is very popular with her students.可推知是她的课总是生动有趣.结合选项可知D选项符合题意，故答案选D.18.Amy has to _______a big dinner this evening. She looks great in a white blouse.A. wait forB. look forC. be fit forD. go for【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：艾米今晚不得不外出去吃一顿大餐.她穿白色衬衫看起来很漂亮.考查动词短语.A. wait for 等候、等待；B. look for寻找、寻求；C. be fit for对…合适、适合于；D. go for为…去、外出.have to表示客观需要做的事情，意思是“必须、不得不”，后接动词原形；根据句意“艾米今晚不得不外出去吃一顿大餐.她穿白色衬衫看起来很漂亮.”可知go for符合题意；故答案选D.19.—_______, sir?—I'd like to buy a gift for my friend.A. Can you help meB. What can I do for youC. How are youD. What day is it today【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——先生，我能为你做些什么？——我想给我的朋友买一份礼物.考查情景交际.A. Can you help me你能帮助我吗？B. What can I do for you我能为你做些什么吗？C. How are you你好吗？D. What day is it today今天星期几？根据答语I'd like to buy a gift for my friend.“我想给我的朋友买一份礼物.”可知上文是问“先生，我能为你做些什么？”购物时的日常用语，故答案选B.20.—You look very cool today, Simon.—_______.A. Really? Thank youB. Oh, I don't think soC. No. I am not cool at allD. Yes.【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——西蒙，你今天看起来很酷.——真的吗？谢谢你.考查情景交际.A. Really? Thank you真的吗？谢谢你.B. Oh, I don't think so哦，我不这么认为.C. No. I am not cool at all不，我一点都不酷.D. Yes.是的.根据题干You look very cool today, Simon. 可知，当别人在称赞或赞美你的时候，你应该表示感谢，以示礼貌；故答案选A.三、完形填空Mr. Brown lives in a village. He has ____21____ farms and about twenty people working for him. He often____22____ them to work hard and be honest (诚实的).One day he goes to a farm and works with the workers there. Soon it is time ____23____ lunch. He puts ____24____nice bread on the table and ____25____. A few minutes later he comes back but he ____26____ find the bread. “Who eats the ____27____on the table?” he shouts.Some of the workers answer, “We ____28____.”The others says, “We don’t eat it, either（也）.”“Well,” said Mr. Smith, “____29____ are a lot of mice（老鼠）in the rooms, you know. So I ____30____ some poison(毒药) in the bread. ____31____ they eat, they must die（死）.”As soon as（一…就…）he finishes, four workers begin to cry. “Oh, dear!”“____32____?”asks Mr. Smith.“We eat the bread when you are out. We are going to die.” One of them cries.“____33____,”Mr. Smith says ____34____ a smile, “I only ____35____ you. Use your head.”21. A. a few B. one C. much D. a lot22. A. says B. tells C. talks D. speaks23. A. in B. at C. for D. with24. A. two B. many C. a D. some25. A. goes out B. comes in C. sits down D. stands up26. A. isn’t B. can’t C. aren’t D. don’t27. A. mice B. drinks C. bread D. apples28. A. are B. don’t C. do D. doesn’t29. A. They B. We C. What D. There30. A. take B. buy C. put D. need31. A. That B. Before C. If D. Until（直到…为止）32.A. How are youB. What are you doingC. What time is itD. What’s wrong with you（你们怎么了）33. A. Excuse me B. Don’t worry C. Good idea D. Great34. A. with B. for C. in D. on35. A. trick or treat B. play a trick on C. dress up as D. have lunch with【答案】21. A 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. A 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. C 31.C 32.D 33. B 34. A 35. B【解析】【分析】文章大意：本文叙述了一个名叫史密斯的人，有一些农场和20个工人为他工作.他经常告诉他们要努力工作，要诚实.今天，他和工人一起劳动，吃午饭时，他放在桌子上一些面包，出去后再回来，面包找不到了.于是他告诉工人这些面包里面放了毒药，用来杀死老鼠的．听了这些话之后，有四名工人哭了.史密斯先生笑了，原来这是他给大家开的一个玩笑.【21题详解】句意：他有几个农场，大约有20个人为他工作.考查形容词及语境理解.A. a few一些，修饰可数名词；B. one一、一个；C. much很多，修饰不可数名词；D. a lot非常，副词.设空处修饰后面的可数名词farms，所以用a few，故答案选A.【22题详解】句意：他经常告诉他们要努力工作，要诚实.考查动词及语境理解.A. says说，强调说的内容；B. tells告诉；C. talks谈论；D. speaks说，后接某种语言.根据He often __2__ them to work hard and be honest (诚实的). 可知句意为“他经常告诉他们要努力工作，要诚实.” tell sb. to do sth.告诉某人去做某事；故答案选B.【23题详解】句意：很快就到吃午饭的时间了.考查介词及语境理解.A. in在…里；B. at在..；C. for为了；D. with和…一起.根据题干，It's time for sth.到了某事的时间了，是固定句型，故答案选C.【24题详解】句意：他把一些好吃的面包放在桌子上.考查形容词及语境理解.A. two二；B. many许多，修饰可数名词复数；C. a一、一个；D. some一些、修饰可数名词复数或不可数名词.设空处后面的bread为不可数名词，不能用不定冠词a、many或数词，只能用some来修饰，故答案选D.【25题详解】句意：然后他出去了.考查动词短语及语境理解.A. goes out出去；B. comes in进来；C. sits down坐下；D. stands up站起来.根据下文A few minutes later he comes back可知，他出去了几分钟后他回来了.故答案选A.【26题详解】句意：但是他找不到面包.考查情态动词及语境理解.A. isn’t不是，单数形式；B. can’t不能；C. aren’t不是，复数形式；D. don’t不.由but表示转折，可知他出去时还有那些面包，回来了但不能找到面包了，故答案选B.【27题详解】句意：“谁吃了桌子上的面包？”他喊道.考查名词及语境理解.A. mice老鼠；B. drinks饮料；C. bread面包；D. apples苹果.根据上文but he can’t find the bread.他找不到面包，可知此处问的是面包；故答案选C.【28题详解】句意：一些工人回答说：“我们没吃.”考查动词及语境理解.A. are 是，复数形式；B. don’t不；C. do 做；D. doesn’t不.根据下文The others says, “We don’t eat it, either（也）.”可知此处是否定回答，主语是we，故用助动词don't，故答案选B.【29题详解】句意：你们知道，房间里有很多的老鼠.考查there be句型及语境理解.A. They他们；We我们；C. What什么；D. There那儿..此处表示某地存在某物，用"there be有".根据__9__ are a lot of mice（老鼠）in the rooms, you know.可知，本句考查there be句型，故答案选D.【30题详解】句意：所以我在面包里放了一些毒药.考查动词及语境理解.A. take拿走；B. buy买； C. put放；D. need 需要.根据So I __10__ some poison(毒药) in the bread.可知，是把毒药放进面包里，故答案选C.【31题详解】句意：如果它们吃了，它们一定会死.考查连词及语境理解.A. That那个；B. Before在…之前；C. If如果；D. Until直到…为止.根据__11__ they eat, they must die（死）.可知，是假设老鼠吃了毒药，老鼠就一定会死，故用连词if；故答案选C.【32题详解】句意：史密斯先生问：“你们怎么啦？”考查句子及语境理解.A. How are you 你好吗？B. What are you doing你在做什么？C. What time is it几点了？D. What’s wrong with you你们怎么了？根据上文four workers begin to cry．四名工作开始哭，可知此处应该是问你们怎么了？故答案选D.【33题详解】句意：别担心.考查交际用语及语境理解.A. Excuse me对不起，打扰了；B. Don’t worry别担心；C. Good idea 好主意；D. Great太棒了.根据Mr. Smith says __14__ a smile，可知他带着笑容，说明没有危险，不用担心；故答案选B.【34题详解】句意：史密斯先生面带微笑说.考查介词及语境理解.A. with和…一起，伴随；B. for为了；C. in在…里面；D. on在…上面.根据Mr. Smith says __14__ a smile，可知是史密斯先生面带微笑说，with a smile 带着微笑；故答案选A.。
最新牛津译林版英语七年级上学期《期末考试卷》(附答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题单项填空1.—Did you go to the USA for _____ holiday?— Yes. We had _____ 8-day holiday for the National Day and Mid-autumn Festival.A. a; aB. a; anC. the; theD. a; 不填2.—_____ everyone here today?—Yes, we _____.A. Is; are all hereB. Are; are all hereC. Is; all are hereD. Is; are all here3.—_____ does your father go to the fitness centre every week?—He exercises there twice a week.A. How soonB. How oftenC. How longD. How many times4.—Why are you dressed _____ such a black coat?— Because I want to dress up ______ a ghost.A. as; inB. as; ofC. in; asD. in; of5.I don’t ______ junk food ______ cakes and candy. They are not good for us.A. like; likeB. likes; likesC. likes; likeD. like; likes6.﹣_________ you like Peppa Pig？﹣Yes．I think it's funny．A. IsB. AreC. DoD. Does7.— _________ is it from your home to Suzhou Center?— Ten minutes by bus.A. How longB. How farC. How oftenD. How much8.﹣_________ fine weather it is ! Shall we go for a walk？﹣Sounds great!A. WhatB. What aC. HowD. How a9.﹣I don't know _______ for the party．﹣You look so good now．A. what to wearB. how to wear itC. what to wear itD. how to wear10.This pair of trainers is nice. Would you like to _________?A. try it onB. try on themC. try them onD. try on them11.It's 7 in the morning. Three little monkeys in the trees.A. is playingB. are playingC. playsD. play12.― _____ do you take a walk every day?―Less than 1 hour.A. How long B. How often C. How much D. How 13.My sweater is made wool. It is very warm. A. from B. in C. of D. by 14.―Which subject do you like best?―I love Art best it's very interesting. A. so B. but C. and D. because 15.―? I want to know her. ―She is ta ll and cool in a blue dress. A. How is Kate B. What is Kate doing C. Which one is Kate D. When can I meet Kate 完型填空Mr．Davis comes to his son's bed and sits down beside him．Looking at that little sad face，he asks，"Tom，what kind of ___16___do you have？""It is a ___17___day for me，Daddy．" Tom answered．"I have a fight（打架）with David．We make our teacher angry．She sends a note home about me．And I talk back to Mum．She is ___18___，too．I am so sorry，Daddy．""Now，I know part of the day is bad，" says Mr．Davis．" ___19___ tell me about the best thing today．"Tom thinks for a minute and ___20___．"After school I go fishing myself，" he says．"I don't think I could have any ___21___．But I do．I catch a big fish!""I'm glad you have a good time，" said Mr．Davis "Try to think about it before you go to sleep．Now I'm going to ___22___ the light．I hope I will see a happy boy tomorrow．Good night ! "Every night, Tom answers the ___23___ question．"What is the best thing to you today？" Every night，Tomthinks about it. Of course it is very helpful for him to have a good sleep．Sometimes he has to think ___24___ to find the best thing．Sometimes it is a very small thing．But he always finds one good thing to think about．This is a good way Tom's father teaches him to ___25___his day．16. A. activity B. lesson C. date D. day17. A. bad B. good C. interesting D. happy18. A. angry B. happy C. beautiful D. careful19. A. and B. or C. but D. if20. A. cries B. sleeps C. shouts D. smiles21. A. lesson B. dream C. luck D. help22. A. turn on B. turn off C. get on D. get off23. A. same B. different C. easy D. difficult24. A. fast B. sadly C. next D. hard25. A. begin B. end C. stop D. play阅读理解ADifferent countries have different ideas about manners．In Britain “table manners”are important．How do you show good table manners in Britain? Here are some hints.Noises at the tableIt is never a good idea to make a noise or burp at the table．British people think this is very rude．If people burp, they always say, “Excuse me.”When to eat with your fingersBritish people don' t use their fingers to eat most things．There are some foods that it's OK to eat with your fingers．These include sandwiches, pizza,hamburgers and fruit.Your mouthIt’s not polite to talk with food in your mouth or eat with your mouth open.How much to eatIt’s good manners to eat all the food on your plate．This shows you like the food. It's always polite to say the food is nice, even when it's horrible!26. According to the passage ,different countries have different ideas about _______ .A. mannersB. languagesC. friendsD. families27. What do British people use their fingers to eat?A. NoodlesB. BeefC. VegetablesD. Pizza28. Which is good table manner according to the passage?A. Burping at the tableB. Saying the food is niceC. Eating with your mouth openD. Eating food with your fingersBWhen is Father's Day? People in Taiwan Province will answer August 8th. They celebrate Father's Day on that day because the date sounds like “daddy" in Chinese. Fo r Americans, Father's Day falls on the third Sunday in June.As a study shows, it's easy for people to forget about Father's Day because they don't feel for their fathers as much as they do for their mothers. In fact, most fathers work long hours and seldom have time to play with their children. They also have a hard time showing their feelings to their children. So, how about buying your father a nice present and saying "thank you" to him this Father's Day?JUNE, 201929. Check the calendar. When is Father's Day this year in America?A. June 2nd.B. June 8th.C. June 16th.D. June 23rd.30. What is "they" in the reading?A. Mothers.B. Fathers.C. ChildrenD. People.31. What can we know from the passage?A. Father's Day is on the same day all over the world.B. Father's Day and Christmas are in the same month in America.C. Most people care more about Mother's Day than Father's Day.D. Fathers show their feelings easily.CIt's lunchtime. There are some places for food around the People's Park. Jack looks for some information about them on the Internet.32. Which is the best place for Jack if he wnants to eat fresh fish and shrimps(虾)?A. Round-seat RestaurantB. Sunshine ShopC Hobo's Restaurant D. Xiao Mei's Coffee Shop33. If Jack goes for Western food with his parents, how much should he pay?A. About $12.B. About $20.C. About $24.D. About $36.34. Which website(网站)will help Jack if he wants to order food with free drinks?A. B. C. D. 35. If Jack wants to find a quiet place, which telephone number can he call?A. 53538877B. 53588777C. 53566667D. 53567777 词汇检测36. Would you like something to drink? My ______ (招待).37. Is there anything ______ (特别的) in today’s newspaper?38. Look at the river. The water is as ______ (平坦的) as glass.39. What great fun I had ______ (制作) model planes with my cousin this weekend!40. Mum ______ me up at 6:30 every morning.41. Lily usually sleeps ______ (少) than 6 hours every night.42. In cold winter we wear gloves and ______ (围巾) to keep warm.43. Collecting stamps is an old-style of ______ （爱好）but I still like it.44. I think the hat on the desk is one of the ______ （绅士）.45. — Do you know January 26th is a ______ （特别的）day to the students this year?— Yes. The winter holiday begins on that day.46. Our English homework usually ______ （包括）reading and writing.47. Thank you for _________ （借）me your volleyball. I’ll give it back on time.根据情景，在答题卷标有题号的横线上，写出一个语法上和语义上都正确的单词.每空一词.48. — May I have a word with you?— Sorry. I’m _____ with my homework at the moment.49. —What do you think of the dress?—It looks good, but I don’t like its color. Would you please show me ____ one?50. —Where is Eddie?—Look! He is __ on the sofa, watching TV.句子翻译.51. 我喜爱坐在那里并且朝外看着沙滩和大海.___________________________________________________________________________52. 我喜爱牛肉，但是我也需要吃一些鱼.___________________________________________________________________________53. 通常他们给我们一些糖果作为招待.___________________________________________________________________________54. 下课后，我们经常相互聊天或者在操场上玩耍.___________________________________________________________________________55. 这件衬衫、夹克和这条牛仔裤是由棉制成的而且非常舒服.___________________________________________________________________________阅读表达阅读下面的短文并用英语回答问题，并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上.Susie Sunbeam is not her real name; that is Susan Brown. But everyone calls her Susie Sunbeam, because she has such a sweet face and always brings brightness with her when she comes.Her grandfather first gives her this name. When she learns how to walk, she loves to go about the house and get things for her mother.Susie is always pleasant in her play with other children. She never uses an unkind word, but tries to do what her playmates like best.One day, a poor little girl with a very old dress is going by and Susie hears some children playing tricks on her. She at once runs out and asks the poor little girl to come in. "Why are you crying?" Susie asks."Because they all laugh at me," she says.Then Susie takes the little girl into the house. She makes her happy with kind words, and gives her a nice dress and apair of shoes.This brings real gladness to the poor child. She, too, thinks that Susie is really sunbeam just like her name.56. Who gives the girl the name of Susie Sunbeam?______________________________________________________________________57. What do you think of Susie?She is ______ and ________58. Do you want to be a person like Susie Sunbeam? Why or why not?_____________________________________________________________________书面表达59.书面表达假如你是校外联部主席李华，你校的美国交换生Bill即将来你校进行短暂交流学习，给你发了一封电子邮件，想要了解一下你们的学校生活情况.请认真阅读下面的邮件，根据信中的内容和你的实际情况用英语回复，字数80左右.注意：1.开头和结尾已写好，不计入总词数.2.回复必须包括所有要点，可适当发挥，使全文连贯通顺.3.文中不得提及人名，校名等相关信息.Dear Bill,Thank you for your letter. I am glad to tell you about my school life.If you have any other questions, write to me!Yours,Lihua答案与解析单项填空1.—Did you go to the USA for _____ holiday?— Yes. We had _____ 8-day holiday for the National Day and Mid-autumn Festival.A. a; aB. a; anC. the; theD. a; 不填【答案】B【解析】【详解】B 本题考查冠词用法.句意：—你去美国度假了吗？—是的.我们度过了8天的国庆和中秋假期.不定冠词a(an)表示泛指，第一次提到假期是泛指，holiday是辅音开头单词，冠词用a；8-day holiday的第一个音素/ei/ 是元音开头，冠词用an.故选B.2.—_____ everyone here today?—Yes, we _____.A. Is; are all hereB. Are; are all hereC. Is; all are hereD. Is; are all here【答案】D【解析】【详解】D 本题考查一般现在时和代词用法.句意：—今天大家到齐了吗？—是的，我们都到了.不定代词everyone做主语时，be动词用第三人称单数形式is；all在be动词后面，所以后一句是we are all here.故选D.3.—_____ does your father go to the fitness centre every week?—He exercises there twice a week.A. How soonB. How oftenC. How longD. How many times【答案】B【解析】【详解】B 本题考查特殊疑问句的疑问词.句意：—你父亲每周多久去一次健身中心？—他一周去那里锻炼两次.A. How soon多快，多少时间之后；B. How often多久一次；C. How long多长时间；D. How many times 多少次.根据回答的是频率可知，用how often提问，选B.4.—Why are you dressed _____ such a black coat?— Because I want to dress up ______ a ghost.A. as; inB. as; ofC. in; asD. in; of【答案】C【解析】【详解】C 本题考查介词用法.句意：—你为何穿着如此黑的外套？—因为我想装扮得像一个魔鬼.短语be dressed in意为“穿着……的服装”，由空格的黑色外套，可知介词用in；短语dress up意为装扮，打扮.介词as意为“和……一样的”，结合句意可知，选C.5.I don’t ______ junk food ______ cakes and candy. They are not good for us.A. like; likeB. likes; likesC. likes; likeD. like; likes【答案】A【解析】【详解】A 本题考查like的用法.句意：我不喜欢垃圾食品，比如蛋糕和糖果.它们对我们不好.动词like意为“喜欢”；介词like意为“像……一样”，用来举例子.助动词don’t后跟动词原形；like做介词时，形式不变.故选A.6.﹣_________ you like Peppa Pig？﹣Yes．I think it's funny．A. IsB. AreC. DoD. Does【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——你喜欢Peppa Pig？——是的，我认为它是有趣的.A. Is是，单数；B. Are是，复数；C. Do助动词，谓语动词需用实意动词原形时借助助动词do；D. Does助动词，谓语动词需用实意动词单数时借助助动词does.like是动词，主语是you，助动词用do.根据题意，故选C.7.— _________ is it from your home to Suzhou Center? — Ten minutes by bus.A. How long B. How far C. How often D. How much 【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——从你家到苏州中心有多远？——乘公共汽车20分钟.A. How long多长，提问for+一段时间；B. How far多远，提问距离；C. How often多久，提问频度；D. How much多少，提问价格.根据下文Ten minutes by bus.可知上文是提问距离.根据题意，故选B.【点睛】how long，how often，how soon三者有区别的.how long用来提问“多长时间”，对“一段时间的长短”提问时用，与延续性动词连用；how often用来提问某动作或状态发生的频率，对“一段时间内发生了几次活动”（always，usually，often，never或twice a day等表示频度的词或短语）提问时用；how soon 用来提问某人要“多快”能做好某事，或某事要“多快”能完成，对“过多少时间（就能……）”（in短语）提问时用，常用于将来时.而how far意思是“多远”，对距离提问时用.例如：How long did you stay there? 你在那儿呆多久？How often do his parents let him watch TV? 他父母多久让他看一次电视？How soon will her husband come? 她丈夫多久会回来？How far is that? 那有多远？8.﹣_________ fine weather it is ! Shall we go for a walk？﹣Sounds great!A. WhatB. What aC. HowD. How a【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——多么好的天气呀！我们去散步好吗？——听起来不错.这里是感叹句，感叹名词用what，weather是不可数名词，其结构是What+形容词+不可数名词，根据题意，故选A.【点睛】感叹句一般是用来表示说话时的喜悦、惊讶等情感，英语感叹句常用"what"和"how"引导.一、由"what"引导的感叹句：结构形式是：what+(a/an)+adj.+n.+主语+谓语+其他.如：① What a clever girl she is!多么聪明的姑娘呀!② What an interesting story it is!多么有趣的故事呀!③ What good children they are!他们是多么好的孩子呀!④ What beautiful flowers they are!多么漂亮的花呀!⑤ What delicious food it is!多么有味的食物呀!⑥ What heavy snow it is!多么大的雪呀!由"how"引导的感叹句：结构形式是：How +形容词或副词+主语+谓语+其他.9.﹣I don't know _______ for the party．﹣You look so good now．A. what to wearB. how to wear itC. what to wear itD. how to wear【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——我不知道聚会穿什么.——你现在看起来如此好.这里是疑问词+to do的形式.What什么；how怎么样；这里是穿上什么用what to wear，根据题意，故选A.10.This pair of trainers is nice. Would you like to _________?A. try it onB. try on themC. try them onD. try on them【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：这双运动鞋不错，你想要试穿它们吗？考查动词短语与代词之间的关系.A. try it on 试穿它；B. try on them 表述错误；C. try them on 试穿他们；D. try on them 表述错误.try on 意为“试穿”.属于“动词+副词”构成的短语，接代词时，代词要置于该短语中间.trainers是复数名词，用they代替.them是they的宾格，作宾语.故选C.11.It's 7 in the morning. Three little monkeys in the trees.A. is playingB. are playingC. playsD. play【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：现在是早晨7点，三个小猴子正在树上玩.Ais playing现在进行时；Bare playing现在进行时；Cplays单三形式；Dplay动词原形.根据It's 7 in the morning.可知用现在进行时态，结构是be doing，排除C/D；根据主语Three little monkeys复数，所以用are；故选B12.― _____ do you take a walk every day?―Less than 1 hour.A. How longB. How oftenC. How muchD. How【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——每天你散步多久？——少于一小时.考查特殊疑问词.A. How long 多久；B. How often 多久一次；C. How much 多少（钱）；D. How 怎样.根据答语“less than 1 hour”可知，问的是时间多长.故选A.【点睛】由how 引导的特殊疑问词.注：how即“怎么，怎么样”，询问健康状况、程度以及做事的方式等，可以和形容词一起用构成含有具体含义的特殊疑问句.1、日常问候How do you do? 你好吗？(初次见面用语)How are you? 你好吗？(熟人间问候语)How is your mother? 你妈妈好吗？(询问他人情况)2、询问看法How do you like the English teacher? 你觉得英语老师怎么样？She is so warm-hearted. 她很热心.3、询问感觉How do you feel? = How is your feeling? 你感觉如何？I feel happy. 我觉得很开心.4、询问年龄How old are you? 你多大了？I'm nine. 我9岁了.5、询问方式◆ How do your sister go to school? 你姐姐是怎么去上学的？She usually goes to school by bike. 她通常骑自行车去上学.◆ How can I get to the cinema? 我怎么去电影院？You can get there by bus. 你可以坐公交车去.6、询问意见How about going out for a walk? 出去走走怎么样？That sounds good! 听起来不错.注：How about句型有时也可切换为What about，区别在于How about后面通常跟动词现在分词，What about 后面通常跟名词.如：What about another cake? 再来一块蛋糕怎么样？No, thanks. 不用了，谢谢.7、询问多少◆ How many books are there in the library? 图书馆里多少本书？There are thousands of books. 有成千上万的书.◆ How much money do you have? 你有多少钱？Only 3 dollars. 只有3美元.8、询问价格◆ How much are the apples? 这些苹果多少钱？Five dollars. 5美元.◆ How much is the car? 这辆车多少钱？About $ 20, 000. 大约两万美元.9、询问距离◆ How far is it from here to your school? 从这儿到你学校有多远？It's about ten minutes' walk. 大约十分钟步行的路程.◆ How far is it from here to the zoo? 从这儿到动物园有多远？It is only a five-minute ride. 只要五分钟路程.10、询问长度◆ How long is it? 它有多长？I don’t know. 我不知道.◆ How long is the river? 这条河有多长？About 500 km. 大约500千米.11、询问次数◆ How many times do you read English everyday? 你每天读多少次英语？Once or twice. 一次或两次.12、询问频率（多久一次）◆ How often do you have a music class? 你每多久上一次音乐课？Twice a week. 一周一次.13、询问时长（多久或多快）A. 对for＋时间段提问，表示多久，疑问词一般用How long.◆ How long will you stay there? 你将在那儿呆多久？About two weeks. 大约两个星期.B. 对in＋时间段提问，表示多久，疑问词一般用How soon.◆ How soon will you come back? 你过多久回来？In two hours. 2小时以后.13.My sweater is made wool. It is very warm.A. fromB. inC. ofD. by【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：我的毛衣是羊毛做的，非常暖和.根据be made of由---制成（看出原材料），be made from 由---制成（看不出原材料），be made in 由某地生产，be made by由某人生产；根据wool.羊毛，能看出原材料；故选C【点睛】be made of由---制成（看出原材料）例如：This salad is made of apples and strwberries. ；be made from由---制成（看不出原材料）例如：The paper is made from wood. ；be made in 由某地生产，例如：This machine is made in China. ；be made into被做成---；例如：Trees can be made into paper. ；be made for为---生产，例如：These cups are made for the king.14.―Which subject do you like best?―I love Art best it's very interesting.A. soB. butC. andD. because【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——你最喜欢哪个科目？——我最喜欢美术，因为它非常有趣.A. so 所以； B. but 但是；C. and 和；D. because因为；根据I love Art best 和it's very interesting.之间的关系，可知是表示原因；故选D15.―? I want to know her.―She is tall and cool in a blue dress.A. How is KateB. What is Kate doingC. Which one is KateD. When can I meet Kate【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——凯特是哪个？我想认识她.——她穿着蓝裙子，又高又酷.A. How is Kate 凯特好吗？ B. What is Kate doing凯特在做什么？C. Which one is Kate凯特是哪个？ D. When can I meet Kate我什么时候能见凯特？根据I want to know her.和She is tall and cool in a blue dress.可知问凯特是哪个；故选C完型填空Mr．Davis comes to his son's bed and sits down beside him．Looking at that little sad face，he asks，"Tom，what kind of ___16___do you have？""It is a ___17___day for me，Daddy．" Tom answered．"I have a fight（打架）with David．We make our teacher angry．She sends a note home about me．And I talk back to Mum．She is ___18___，too．I am so sorry，Daddy．""Now，I know part of the day is bad，" says Mr．Davis．" ___19___ tell me about the best thing today．"Tom thinks for a minute and ___20___．"After school I go fishing myself，" he says．"I don't think I could have any ___21___．But I do．I catch a big fish!""I'm glad you have a good time，" said Mr．Davis "Try to think about it before you go to sleep．Now I'm going to ___22___ the light．I hope I will see a happy boy tomorrow．Good night ! "Every night, Tom answers the ___23___ question．"What is the best thing to you today？" Every night，Tomthinks about it. Of course it is very helpful for him to have a good sleep．Sometimes he has to think ___24___ to find the best thing．Sometimes it is a very small thing．But he always finds one good thing to think about．This is a good way Tom's father teaches him to ___25___his day．16. A. activity B. lesson C. date D. day17. A. bad B. good C. interesting D. happy18. A. angry B. happy C. beautiful D. careful19. A. and B. or C. but D. if20. A. cries B. sleeps C. shouts D. smiles21. A. lesson B. dream C. luck D. help22. A. turn on B. turn off C. get on D. get off23. A. same B. different C. easy D. difficult24. A. fast B. sadly C. next D. hard25. A. begin B. end C. stop D. play【答案】16. D 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. D 21. C 22. B 23. A 24. D 25. B【解析】【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了Mr. Davis每天晚上来到儿子的房间和他一起分享儿子这一天中开心的事情，这里是一个很好的方式来结束这一天.【16题详解】句意：他问：“Eric，你今天过得怎么样？”A. activity活动；B. lesson课；C. date日期；D. day白天.这里是说你今天过得怎么样？故选D.【17题详解】句意：汤姆回答：“爸爸，对于我是一个糟糕的一天.”A. bad坏的；B. good 好的；C. interesting有趣的；D. happy 高兴的.根据下文Tom answered. “I have a fight（打架）with David. We make our teacher angry.可知这里是糟糕的一天.故选A.【18题详解】句意：我和妈妈顶嘴了，她也很生气.A. angry生气的；B. happy高兴的；C. beautiful漂亮的；D. careful小心的.根据上文And I talk back to Mum.可知下文是说生气的.根据题意，故选A.【19题详解】句意：但是告诉我关于今天最好的事情.A. and和，又；B. or否则，要不然；C. but但是；D. if如果.根据上文“Now, I know part of the day is bad,” says Mr. Davis.可知下文是转折关系用but.根据题意，故选C.【20题详解】句意：Jack想了一会，笑了. A. cries哭；B. sleeps睡觉；C. shouts大喊；D. smiles微笑.根据下文“After school I go fishing myself,” he says. “I don’t think I could have any ___6___. But I do. I catch a big fish!”可知这里是说笑了.根据题意，故选D.【21题详解】句意：他说“我认为我不会有幸运.”A. lesson课；B. dream梦想；C. luck幸运；D. help帮助.根据下文But I do.I catch a big fish!可知上文是说我认为我没有幸运.根据题意，故选C.【22题详解】句意：现在我打算关灯.A. turn on打开；B. turn off关掉；C. get on上车；D. get off下车.根据下文I hope I will see a happy boy tomorrow. Good night!可知上文是关灯.根据题意，故选B.【23题详解】句意：每天晚上，汤姆回答相同的问题.A. same相同的；B. different不同的；C. easy容易的；D. difficult困难的.根据下文“What is the best thing to you today?” Every night, Tom thinks about it. Of course it is very helpful for him to have a good sleep.可知这里是说相同的问题.根据题意，故选A.【24题详解】句意：有时候他不得不努力思考来找到最好的事情.A. fast快地；B. sadly悲伤地；C. next下一个；D. hard 努力地.根据下文Sometimes it is a very small thing. But he always finds one good thing to think about.可知这里是说努力思考.根据题意，故选D.【25题详解】句意：这是Eric的父亲教他结束一天的好方法.A. begin开始；B. end结束；C. stop停止；D. play玩.根据上下文可知这里是结束这一天，根据题意，故选B.【点睛】完形填空题与单项选择题不同，它给出的是一篇意思较为完整的短文.做该题型试题时，首先应跳过空格通读全文，以全文为背景，联系句子的上下文进行推理和判断，从4个选项中选出一项进行试填.考生可以从词义用法、固定搭配、逻辑推理和上下文的联系等方面去考虑.最后应再把全文通览一遍，细心检查所选答案能否使短文上下连贯，前后呼应，词句通顺，使短文意思完整.检查时还应从语法、惯用法、逻辑推理和事情发生的情节等方面进行考虑，以达到准确无误之目的.第2小题是考查形容词词义辨析，这里是糟糕的一天，用bad.阅读理解ADifferent countries have different ideas about manners．In Britain “table manners”are impor tant．How do you show good table manners in Britain? Here are some hints.Noises at the tableIt is never a good idea to make a noise or burp at the table．British people think this is very rude．If people burp, they always say, “Excuse me.”When to eat with your fingersBritish people don' t use their fingers to eat most things．There are some foods that it's OK to eat with your fingers．These include sandwiches, pizza,hamburgers and fruit.Your mouthIt’s not polite to talk with food in your mouth or eat with your mouth open.How much to eatIt’s good manners to eat all the food on your plate．This shows you like the food. It's always polite to say the food is nice, even when it's horrible!26. According to the passage ,different countries have different ideas about _______ .A. mannersB. languagesC. friendsD. families27. What do British people use their fingers to eat?A. NoodlesB. BeefC. VegetablesD. Pizza28. Which is good table manner according to the passage?A. Burping at the tableB. Saying the food is niceC. Eating with your mouth openD. Eating food with your fingers【答案】26. A 27. D 28. B【解析】【分析】不同的国家有不同的礼仪，在英国你如何表现良好的餐桌礼仪？这篇短文中给了我们一些提示.【26题详解】细节理解题.根据短文开头Different countries have different ideas about manners．可知，不同的国家礼仪是不同的.由此可知应选A.【27题详解】细节理解题.根据短文第三段中British people don' t use their fingers to eat most things. There are some foods that it's OK to eat with your fingers. These include sandwiches, pizza, hamburgers and fruit可知，在英国大多数的食物都不能用手指吃，也有一些例外，如三明治、披萨、汉堡包和水果.由此可知应选D.【28题详解】推理判断题.根据短文最后一段It's always polite to say the food is nice, even when it's horrible!可知，即使食物很难吃，也要说好吃，这是有礼貌的，故B选项正确.根据短文第二段It is never a good idea to make a noise orburp at the table可知A不对；根据第四段It’s not polite to talk with food in your mouth or eat with your mouth open可知C不对；根据第三段British people don' t use their fingers to eat most things可知D不对.【点睛】这篇短文给我们介绍了英国的餐桌礼仪.短文主题明确，短文第一段最后两句话How do you showgood table manners in Britain? Here are some hints.点明了文章的主旨.结构清晰，文章是总分结构，每一段的主题都非常突出，从第二段开始每段都有小标题，也是每段的中心句.题目设置有细节理解题和判断题，都以考查文章的事实细节为主，答案都可以在原文找到.做题时，应注意把握文意和结构，并利用关键词定位原文，锁定相关语句或段落，搜索信息作答.例如第3小题，这个题目考查我们对文章多处事实的理解，做题时，可以依据选项的内容或关键词，去原文定位，根据原文信息进行判断.如A选项可以用Burping作关键词，可以快速定位到第二段It is never a good idea to make a noise or burp at the table，可知A不对.正确答案B在最后一段It's always polite to say the food is nice, even when it's horrible!，即使食物很难吃，也要说好吃，这是有礼貌的，故B选项正确.BWhen is Father's Day? People in Taiwan Province will answer August 8th. They celebrate Father's Day on that day because the date sounds like “daddy" in Chinese. For Americans, Father's Day falls on the third Sunday in June.As a study shows, it's easy for people to forget about Father's Day because they don't feel for their fathers asmuch as they do for their mothers. In fact, most fathers work long hours and seldom have time to play with theirchildren. They also have a hard time showing their feelings to their children. So, how about buying your father a nicepresent and saying "thank you" to him this Father's Day?JUNE, 201929. Check the calendar. When is Father's Day this year in America?A. June 2nd.B. June 8th.C. June 16th.D. June 23rd.30. What is "they" in the reading?A. Mothers.B. Fathers.C. ChildrenD. People.31. What can we know from the passage?A. Father's Day is on the same day all over the world.B. Father's Day and Christmas are in the same month in America.C. Most people care more about Mother's Day than Father's Day.D. Fathers show their feelings easily.【答案】29. C 30. B 31. C【解析】文章大意：人们对父亲节的感受不像对母亲节那么多，所以容易忽略父亲.但事实上父亲的付出很大.所以这个父亲节对爸爸说声感谢吧.【29题详解】细节理解题.根据第一段最后一句“For Americans, Father's Day falls on the third Sunday in June.”可知，对照着日历，在美国，父亲节在6月16日.故选C.【30题详解】词义猜测题.根据画线词所在的前句“In fact, most fathers work long hours and seldom have time to play withtheir children.”并结合画线词后面的also可知，they指代的是fathers.故选B.【31题详解】细节理解题.根据第二段中“it's easy for people to forget about Father's Day because they don't feel for their fathers as much as they do for their mothers.”可知，因为人们对父亲节的感受不像对母亲节那么多，所以容易忽略父亲，由此可判断C选项“大多数人关注母亲比父亲节更多”.故选C.CIt's lunchtime. There are some places for food around the People's Park. Jack looks for some information about them on the Internet.32. Which is the best place for Jack if he wnants to eat fresh fish and shrimps(虾)?A. Round-seat RestaurantB. Sunshine ShopC. Hobo's RestaurantD. Xiao Mei's Coffee Shop33. If Jack goes for Western food with his parents, how much should he pay?A.About $12.B. About $20.C. About $24.D. About $36.34. Which website(网站)will help Jack if he wants to order food with free drinks?A. B. C. D. 35. If Jack wants to find a quiet place, which telephone number can he call?A. 53538877B. 53588777C. 53566667D. 53567777【答案】32. B 33. D 34. D 35. C【解析】文章大意：文章主要介绍了4个餐馆的信息.这些信心包括：餐馆名称、地址、联系电话、主要供应的食物、花费、营业的时间以及特色等.【32题详解】细节理解题.杰克想吃鲜鱼虾仁的最佳去处，应该去Sunshine Shop，故选B 【33题详解】计算题.由Xiao Mei's咖啡店下的Main food：Western food可知Jack与父母去Xiao Mei's的咖啡店消费，由Cost：about $12 each可知人均是12元，Jack与他的父母是三个人，总共消费12×3=36元，故选D.【34题详解】细节理解题.根据Hot water and juice are free here. You needn't pay your money. Why not order food from?可知，故选D.【35题详解】细节理解题.由Xiao Mei's咖啡店下的The shop is clean and quiet．There is beef，bread，fruit，coffee and soon可知如果Jack想找个安静的地方，就可以去Xiao Mei's的咖啡店，它的电话是53566667.故选C.词汇检测36. Would you like something to drink? My ______ (招待).37. Is there anything ______ (特别的) in today’s newspaper?。
最新牛津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末考试试题》(附答案)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题听力A）听对话回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡相应位置.(读两遍) 1. What is the woman?A. B. C.2. What does Wang Hong usually do in the evening? A. B. C.3. When is the boy's father's birthday? A. B. C.4. What sport does Tom like? A. B. C.5. How long does Sandy read English every morning?A. For two hours.B. For an hour.C. For 30 minutes.6. What's Tim's favourite subject?A. Art.B. Maths.C. English.7. Whose football is under the chair?A. Daniel'sB. Simon's.C. Tom's.8. Who's the girl in a hat?A. Tom's sister.B. Tom's friend.C. Tom's sister's friend.9. Where does Daniel sit?A. Near the door.B. In front of Simon.C. Behind Simon.10. Who isn't in the school football team?A. Peter.B. Simon.C. Millie.B) 听对话和短文回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡的相应位置.（听两遍）听第1段材料, 回答第11-12小题.11. What club is the boy in?A. The Dancing Club.B. The Drawing Club.C. The Singing Club.12. How often does the boy go to the club?A. Twice a week.B. Three times a week.C. Every day.听第2段材料, 回答第13-15小题.请根据短文内容选择正确答案, 完成信息记录表.13. A. doing some housework B. doing her homework C. doing some cleaning14. A. watching TV B. reading a book C. playing computer games15. A. some stickers B. his balls C. his teddy bear听第3段材料, 回答第16-20小题.16. What is the writer talking about`?A. A healthy diet.B. A shopping mall.C. His fashion design.17. How many clothes does he design?A. Six.B. Five.C. Four.18. What are the trousers made of?A. They are made of wool.B. They are made of leather.C. They are made of cotton.19. Is the shirt white?A. No, it's black.B. No, it's red.C. Yes, it is.20. What does the writer think of his design?A. It's very lovely.B. It's very smart.C. It's very cool.单项选择1.We'll have __________long holiday next month.A. theB. anC. aD. 不填2.Which of the underlined letters "oo" has a different sound?A. footB. noonC. coolD. tooth3.Amy thinks hamburgers are not good for health, so she ____________eats them.A. seldomB. alwaysC. usuallyD. often4.The trousers __________me well and I want to find a pair of trainers to __________them.A. fit; fitB. match; matchC. fit; matchD. match; fit5.These cotton dresses are very beautiful, but the __________is high.A. sizeB. styleC. colourD. price6.Look! The young girl is dressing up __________ an old woman in a black coat.A. inB. ofC. asD. on7.Which of the following words has two syllables（音节）?A. pieceB. darkC. hamburgerD. lady8.——Don't shout, Amy. Your father in the study.----Sorry,Mum.A. worksB. is workingC. will workD. worked9.Don't worry about Tom! He is __________his young sister.A. big enough to look afterB. old enough to look afterC. big enough to look atD. old enough to look at10.-___________ coat do you like best of all the coats, Sandy?- The red one.A. WhereB. WhatC. WhoseD. Which11.--- Look, the iPhone X is so cool! How much does it ______?--- Less than 10,000 yuan. I don’t think it’s a good idea to ____ so much on a phone.A. cost; costB. spend; spendC. cost; spendD. spend; cost12.The mall near my home___________ from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. every day and is always full of people.A. is openB. opensC. is closedD. closes13.– I want to buy my mum a present for her birthday, but I don't have money with me.-Oh, I have some pocket money and I can __________ you some.A. takeB. borrowC. lendD. bring14.-What do you think of your history teacher?-He is so funny. He often makes his students ____________.A. laughB. to laughC. laughingD. laughs15.-Wanda Plaza is a good place to meet friends.- __________. We often have fun there.A. All right.B. That's all right.C. That's right.D. You're welcome.完形填空Mark and Sophie are good friends. They both like animals.It is Sunday today. It's warm and ___16___, so they decide to take a walk to the city zoo.When they reach, they first go to the ___17___ cage. They want to see a new lion. She is there ___18___ only three weeks. She is very beautiful. She has big brown eyes. When the lion ____19____Mark and Sophie, she opens her big mouth and shows her ___20___ to them.Sophie asks Mark to go to the monkeys' area. She buys bananas and feeds them slowly. They are very funny. They___21___ up and down a lot.Then they go to the snakes'（蛇的）area. Sophie feels afraid. She doesn't like snakes. So she doesn't want to be there. But Mark is ___22___. He isn't afraid at all. He walks close to the cage and, ___23___ hi to the snakes. At last they go to the pandas' area. They see some pandas___24___. Pandas are so cute and friendly to them.In the afternoon, they are both very tired（累的）They come back home by bus. On the way, they ___25___ the animals in the zoo. Their favourite animal is a little monkey and they also read some books about monkeys. They think he is very clever.16. A. rainy B. sunny C. snowy D. windy17. A. monkeys' B. tigers' C. birds' D. lions' 18. A. atB. inC. forD. on 19. A. finds B. sees C. getsD. hears 20. A. ears B. eyes C. paws （爪子） D. teeth21A. runB. walkC. jumpD. swim 22. A. different B. kind C. good D. nice23. A. speaksB. tellsC. talksD. says24. A. happilyB. sadlyC. quicklyD. easily25. A. talk aboutB. hear aboutC. listen toD. look at阅读理解A26. Paula gets up at 7:10 a.m. on __________ A. SaturdaysB. SundaysC. weekdaysD. weekends27. Which food does Paula eat every day?A. Eggs and meat.B. Eggs and vegetables.C. Meat and eggs.D. Vegetables and meat.28. According to the table（表格）, which sentence is NOT true?A. Paula goes to bed at 9:30 p.m. on Saturday.B. Paula often has vegetables for supper.C. Paula usually has pizza for lunch.D. Paula gets up late on Saturday and Sunday.BNowadays, shopping online becomes a new way of shopping. It is getting more and more popular. Many people like doing some shopping through the Internet.Why is shopping online becoming more and more popular? First, it provides lots of advantages. There are many goods（商品）on the Internet. People can find anything they want.The price on the Internet is usually lower than that in the store. People can save some money.Second, more and more people have their own computers and they join their computers with the Internet. So it is possible for many of them to do shopping through the Internet. People don't need to go to the shop themselves. They can save a lot of time.However, every coin has two sides. Customers（顾客）can only see the pictures of the goods on the Internet. And they can't enjoy the pleasure of buying things in a large supermarket or a wonderful shopping center. Maybe shopping online makes people boring. So some people don't like this new way of shopping. They are worried about the safety （安全）of shopping online.29. What's the meaning of underlined word "advantages" in the second paragraph（段落）?A. 折扣B. 结果C. 原料D. 优势30. From the last paragraph（段落）, we know _________________.A. there are many pictures of goods onlineB. shopping online can make people happyC. people enjoy the joy of buying things in the supermarketD. some people dislike shopping on the Internet31. What's the main idea of this passage?A. All the people like going shopping online.B. A new way of shopping.C. The safety of shopping online.D. The reasons for shopping online.CA hen（母鸡）is in the kitchen now. She says to her children, "Let's make biscuits（饼干）"Her husband（丈夫）, the rooster（公鸡）, is reading the newspaper in the living room. The hen asks, "Can you help?" But the rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm very busy! I'm reading the newspaper." The hen says to her children, "Let's get things to make biscuits." Her children say, "OK, Mum!"While the hen and her children are busy making biscuits, the rooster comes into the kitchen. The hen asks, "Can you help?" The rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm hungry. I need to get something to eat now." The hen says to her children, "Let's go on our work! "Her children say, "OK, Mum!"The hen and her children take the biscuits to the yard to get dry. The rooster is in the yard too. The hen asks, "Can you help?" The rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm very busy! I'm getting ready to go fishing."After a while, the hen says to her children, "The biscuits are ready to eat! Try some!" Her children say, "OK, Mum!" They eat together happily. The rooster sees the biscuits. They look very delicious. He says, "Can I have some?" The hen gives some biscuits to her children and says to the rooster, "No, you can't."32. How many times does the hen ask the rooster to help her?A. Five.B. Four.C. Three.D. Two.33. The rooster doesn't want to help his wife, because________________.A. he is busy reading his newspaperB. he is very hungryC. he is getting ready to go fishingD. he is very lazy34. According to the passage, which sentence is NOT true?A. The hen and her children make the biscuits in the kitchen.B. The hen and her children take the biscuits to the yard.C.The hen and her children eat the biscuits together.D. The hen gives some biscuits to her husband to eat. 35. What's the best title of the passage? A. The hen and her family. B. The hen and her husband. C. The rooster and his children. D. The hen in the kitchen. 词汇运用根据句意, 用括号中所给词的正确形式填空, 每空一词. 36. We never forget these ____________ (hero) names in the War of Resistance Against Japan （抗日战争）.37. Helen enjoys _______________ (sing) songs in her free time.38. Ladies and ______________ (gentleman), welcome to our school!39. I have _________________(swim) lessons every Friday.40. Every morning, my grandmother ______________ (take) the dog out for a walk with us.根据句意及汉语、音标提示, 写出单词的正确形式, 每空一词.41. The ___________（总的）number of the students in our school is 1765.42. A good breakfast always ___________（包含）milk.43. Please give me small___________ [tʃeɪndʒ] for this ten-yuan note.44. There are different _____________ [ˈrɛstrɒnts] in Zhenjiang. We can enjoy nice food.45. Please make yourself______________[ˈkʌmftəbl] while I get some coffee.句型转换46. There aren't any books on the desk.（改为同义句）There __________ __________books on the desk.47. Can I help you?（改为同义句）__________ can I do __________ you?48. Both of them like wearing trainers.（对划线部分提问）________ __________ both of them like wearing?49. My mother buys a kilo of meat from the market.（改成复数形式）My mother buys two __________of __________from the market.50. He often chats with his parents in the sitting room.（用now改写句子）He __________ __________ with his parents in the sitting room now.短文填空The first day of the month of May is May Day（五朔节）.It is one of the oldest f____51____ in many Western countries., It is the time of the year w___52___ the cold winter ends and the warm weather begins. Flowers start to blossom. On this day, people c____53____ the coming of summer and express（表达）their happiness and h____54____for better months. Usually summer c____55____ in June, but May Day really shows a new beginning. People have different a____56____ on this special day.Decorating housesMay Day begins early in the morning. People usually go o____57____ before the day starts. They c____58____flowers and green plants to decorate（装饰）their houses. They believe these will bring them good luck.Washing faces with the early morning dew（露水）The morning dew of May Day is also called May dew. For young girls, the first thing to do on 1st May is to run into the garden and wash their faces with May dew. They're s____59____ May dew has magic power（魔力）.I____60____ they wash their faces with it, they will be beautiful all the year.Would you like to know more about May Day? Please search online at once!任务型阅读AI am Lily I have a piece of good news to tell you. We have a new apartment. The rooms are not very large, but they are all comfortable. There are more rooms here than in our old apartment.I have my own room. It's so great! Right? In the old apartment, I must share（分享）a room with my little sister and grandmother.My bedroom is my favourite in our apartment. I can be alone in it. I can read and draw. I can listen to music. I can play games and send my friends e-mails on my computer.My second favourite room is the kitchen. I like helping my mother cook my meals. She is a very good cook and I often learn different ways of making food from her. She lived in Morocco when she was a girl, and she can cook Morocco food. It is delicious.阅读以上信息, 用恰当的词完成以下内容.每空一词.Lily's family has a new apartment. There're some rooms in it. The rooms are ___61___ but comfortable. Lily thinks the apartment is so great for her, ___62___ she has her own room and she doesn't need to share a room with her family ___63___. Her favourite rooms are kitchen and bedroom. In the bedroom, she can do anything she wants, such as ___64___ to the music and playing games. In the kitchen, her mother ___65___ her different ways of making dishes.BMum and dad are two of the most important people in your life. They influence（影响）you more than others you meet in your life. So if your mom or dad loves to read, you just might grow up carrying a book wherever you go, just like she or he does. Mums and dads care for（关心）their children from the minute they were born. So it's very important to stay close and get along（和睦相处）with them. But not every child knows how to do this. Here are some ways to help you.Spend time together. Don't play a computer game or watch TV, ask your mum and dad to play with you. Go to the cinema, or read a book out loud.Be kind. Little things might mean a lot to your mum or dad. You can make your parents happy with a hug（拥抱）, a card, or a joke（笑话）. It's also lovely when a child cleans his or her parents' room. And when you try not to fight with your brothers or sisters, your parents might be very happy.Do your best at whatever you do. You don't have to be perfect, but when you do your best, you make your parents proud（自豪）. It makes them happy to see how you're changing into a great kid. Why? Because it lets them know you're doing a good job.阅读以上信息, 用恰当的词完成下面的表格, 每空一词.71.书面表达假如你是Mark, 你将通过发送电子邮件的方式与美国中学生Justin进行交流.请根据下面表格内的提示介绍你自己并同时将中国的春节以及新学期的个人计划介绍给Mark并期待尽快收到对方的回复.要求：1. 所写内容必须包括表格中的全部要点, 可适当发挥.2. 文章不少于80词, 开头己给出, 不计入总词数.3. 所写内容要求条理清晰、意思连贯、语法正确、字迹工整.4. 文中不得出现真实的姓名及校名.Dear Justin,My name is Mark. I'm glad to know you! _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____Looking forward to your reply!Yours,Mark答案与解析听力A）听对话回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡相应位置.(读两遍) 1. What is the woman?A. B. C.2. What does Wang Hong usually do in the evening?A. B. C.3. When is the boy's father's birthday?A. B. C.4. What sport does Tom like?A. B. C.5. How long does Sandy read English every morning?A. For two hours.B. For an hour.C. For 30 minutes.6. What's Tim's favourite subject?A. Art.B. Maths.C. English.7. Whose football is under the chair?A. Daniel'sB. Simon's.C. Tom's.8. Who's the girl in a hat?A. Tom's sister.B. Tom's friend.C. Tom's sister's friend.9. Where does Daniel sit?A. Near the door.B. In front of Simon.C. Behind Simon.10. Who isn't in the school football team?A. Peter.B. Simon.C. Millie.B) 听对话和短文回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡的相应位置.（听两遍）听第1段材料, 回答第11-12小题.11. What club is the boy in?A. The Dancing Club.B. The Drawing Club.C. The Singing Club.12. How often does the boy go to the club?A. Twice a week.B. Three times a week.C. Every day.听第2段材料, 回答第13-15小题.请根据短文内容选择正确答案, 完成信息记录表.13. A. doing some housework B. doing her homework C. doing some cleaning14. A. watching TV B. reading a book C. playing computer games15. A. some stickers B. his balls C. his teddy bear听第3段材料, 回答第16-20小题.16. What is the writer talking about`?A. A healthy diet.B. A shopping mall.C. His fashion design.17. How many clothes does he design?A. Six.B. Five.C. Four.18. What are the trousers made of?A. They are made of wool.B. They are made of leather.C. They are made of cotton.19. Is the shirt white?A. No, it's black.B. No, it's red.C. Yes, it is.20. What does the writer think of his design?A. It's very lovely.B. It's very smart.C. It's very cool.单项选择1.We'll have __________long holiday next month.A. theB. anC. aD. 不填【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：下个月我们将有一个长假。
牛津译林版初中英语七年级上册第一学期期末全真模拟试卷及参考答案
牛津译林版初中英语七年级上册第一学期期末全真模拟试卷(试卷总分：110分，考试时间：100分钟)一、单项填空(每小题1分, 计15分)1．—Would you like ____________ sugar in your coffee? —Thanks. Black coffee is OK. A．any B．many C．some D．little 2．—Is Mrs. Green your teacher? — Yes. She teaches ____________ History.A．us B．our C．they D．their3．I have ____________ friends at school, so I feel unhappy all day.A．a few B．few C．a little D．little4. —When is Jay Chou’s concert (演唱会)?—It’s ____________ seven o’clock ____________ the evening of July 18th.A. at; onB. at; inC. on; inD. in; on5. —I love the pair of gloves so much. Can I ____________ ?—Yes, of course. Here you are.A．try it on B．try on it C．try them on D．try on them 6．There are twelve children in all. But there are only nine apples. We need ____________ apples. A．three another B．another three C．three more D．B&C 7．You don’t need ____________ . It’s war m in the afternoon.A．to wear too much clothes B．to wear too many clothesC．put on too much clothes D．put on too many clothes8. —Helen, what do you want to do for the school fashion show?—I want to design a sweater and a skirt because I am ____________ fashion.A．interested in B．late for C．think about D．different from 9．The shopping mall near our school __________ for 12 hours a day. It __________ at 9:00 p.m.. A．opens; closes B．opens; is closed C．is open; is close D．is open; closes 10．— Look, the iPhone X is so cool! How much does it ____________ ?—Less than 10,000 yuan. I don’t think it’s a good idea to __________ so much on a phone. A．cost; cost B．spend; spend C．cost; spend D．spend; cost 11．— ____________ is it from Sunshine Town to the center of Beijing?—It’s about 20 kilometers ____________ our school.A．How far; far from B．How long; away fromC．How long; far away from D．How far; away from12．—This pair of sports shoes is 3000 yuan. Would you like to buy it?—No. I think it costs ____________ .A．too expensive B．too high C．too much D．too many 13．— ____________ do we Chinese do to celebrate the Mid-Autumn Festival?—We usually eat moon cakes and enjoy the full moon.A．What B．How C．Why D．When14. ― ____________ does he go shopping?―Three or four times a month.A. How longB. How oftenC. How farD. How soon 15．—Good morning. ____________—I want to choose a hair clip for my cousin as a birthday present.A．What’s your problem?B．What would you like to order? C．What’s the matter?D．What can I do for you?二、完型填空(每小题1分, 计15分)My company sends my wife and me to live in New York. I’ve always loved 16 , so I am very 17 when I find out the house they rent (租) for us is next to Central Park. This means that every morning I can go for a run 18 I go to work.19 a lot of people already tell me to be careful of robbers (抢劫犯) in the park, I usually take 20 with me. How can they rob me if I don’t have anything? But this morning my wife asks me to buy some bread on the way home, so I 21 a $10 note into my pocket.While I am running through the park, another runner nearly(几乎) 22 me over. He says sorry and goes on running. I think it is a little strange, so I check my pocket and find that the money is missing(不见了). I start to run after him at once. I finally catch him by his arm. I begin shouting and order him to 23 the $10 back to me. I’m not 24 an impolite person but I really get very angry. He 25 a little afraid and he quickly puts his 26 in his pocket and gives me the money. Then he runs away as 27 as he can.I buy the bread and go 28 . As soon as I come back, I begin to 29 my wife my story. “You won’t believe what happens to me,” I start. She quickly stops(阻止) me, “I know, you leave the money for the bread 30 the kitchen table.”16．A．studying B．working C．running D．reading 17．A．healthy B．fine C．sad D．happy 18．A．Before B．when C．as D．or19．A．But B．So C．If D．Because20. A. something B.nothing C. everything D. anything 21．A．carry B．take C．put D．bring 22．A．knocks B．looks C．turns D．moves 23．A．pay B．give C．lend D．show 24．A．never B．once C．usually D．seldom 25．A．guesses B．seems C．enjoys D．wishes 26．A．arm B．hand C．face D．nose 27．A．fast B．slow C．early D．late 28．A．there B．out C．far D．home 29．A．talk B．speak C．tell D．say 30．A．above B．on C．through D．over三、阅读理解(每小题2分, 计30分)(A)(B)The “big four” fashion weeks—London, Milan, Paris and New York Fashion Week—are witnessing (见证) many Chinese designers to show their fashion brands (品牌). “Made in China” is more and more popular now—and it’s a fashionable one.The story of Chinese fashion began in 2011 when Feiyue and Huili, Chinese sports shoes brands, made the world look. Chinese sports brand Li Ning also had a new design at New YorkFashion Week in February 2019—it is the second time the brand shows its design at the NYFW. Chen Lijie, the brand’s designer, says his design comes from old Chinese truth (真理) that man is part of nature.“Chinese brands don’t use ‘cheap’ as a selling point an y more. They are impressive and can go head to head with foreign brands.” says Shaun Rein, director of China Market Research Group. Rome is not built in a day. Chinese designers spend much time trying to design the best and most fashionable clothes.These Chinese brands become so popular perhaps because of the easy online shopping and the fact that China is growing stronger than before. Also, more and more people begin to like Chinese culture.“We want to replace (代替) the words ‘made in China’ with ‘designed in China’, but there is a long way to go.” said Chinese designer Aric Chen. We’re happy to show Chinese fashion ideas to the whole world.34．Which fashion week did Li Ning show its design at?A．London Fashion Week. B．Milan Fashion Week.C．Paris Fashion Week. D．New York Fashion Week.35．What does the underlined word “impressive” in the third paragraph mean?A．平凡的B．令人赞叹的C．神秘的D．昂贵的36．Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?A．People around the world all like Chinese design very much.B．Li Ning is the first Chinese brand to show its design to the world.C．There’s a long way to replace “made in China” with “designed in China”.D．It is easy for Chinese designers to design the most fashionable clothes.37．What is the best title for this article?A．Li Ning’s fashion show in New York.B．Chinese design heading to the world.C．“Designed in China” replaces “made in China”.D．Chinese designers’ wonderful fashion ideas.(C)The Lantern Festival is a Chinese festival. It has a long history. People celebrate it on the fifteenth day of the first month of the lunar (农历的) year. It is in February or March, fourteen days after the Spring Festival.The Lantern Festival is one of the biggest holidays in China. Some days before the Lantern Festival, people begin to make lanterns. People make lanterns in the shapes (形状) of different animals, vegetables, fruits and many other things. Usually people also write riddles (谜语) on the lanterns. It’s very interesting. Then on the evening of the Lantern Festival, all the lanterns are hung up (悬挂).On the Lantern Festival people go outside to have a look at the lanterns and guess the riddleson the lanterns. There are man y lanterns. Children often hold little lanterns in their hands. They’re very excited. Often you can see some nice performances (表演) like the dragon dance and the lion dance. Sometimes, we can watch firework at night. At the festival people eat small dumpling balls. In China, people also call them Yuanxiao. It means family reunion (团圆) and happiness. Everything is very interesting and everyone is very happy.38. What do people begin to make before the Lantern Festival?A. Dumplings.B. Lanterns.C. Masks.D. Rice dumplings.39. When do people hang up all the lanterns?A. On the evening of the Lantern Festival.B. On 15 January.C. Before the Lantern Festival.D. On the eve of the Spring Festival.40. What do people do on the Lantern Festival?A. They play “trick or treat”.B. They eat dumplings.C. They make pumpkin lanterns.D. They look at the lanterns and guess the riddles.41. Which of the following statements (陈述) is True?A. People celebrate the Lantern Festival all over the world.B. People celebrate the Lantern Festival on 15 January every year.C. There are lanterns in different shapes (形状).D. There can’t see performances (表演) during the Lantern Festival.(D)In the sea there are many islands (岛). In its warm waters, there are some little ones. We call them “coral (珊瑚) islands”.A coral island is very nice to look at. It looks like a ring (环状物) of land with trees, grass and flowers on it. One part of the ring is open to the water. There is a little round lake in the island.If you lo ok into this lake, you will see beautiful corals. You may think they’re flowers.If you look at a piece of coral, you will see many little holes in it. In each of these holes lives a very small sea animal. These sea animals make the coral.They begin to form (形成) under the water. Year after year, the coral grows higher and higher. At last it grows out of water.Then the sea brings to it small trees and some other things. After some years, these things change into earth. Sometimes the wind brings seeds to this earth. Sometimes birds fly over it and bring seeds to the island. The little seeds grow. After a few years, there are plants all over the island, and after a few more years there are trees growing there. So you see, these islands form little by little. The workers are very small. Don’t they teach us a good lesson?Can you tell us what the lesson is?42. What do you know about coral islands?A. They are usually very large.B. They are like rings of land.C. They are grass, trees and flowers.D. There are no sea animals on coral islands.43. Which is the right order according to the last two paragraphs?①The seeds grow into plants all over the island. ②The coral grows higher and higher.③Wind and birds bring seeds to the earth. ④It grows out of water at last.⑤Small trees and some other things on the coral change into earth.A. ②④③⑤①B. ②③④①⑤C. ②⑤④③①D.②④⑤③①44. According to the text, which of the following is true?A. There is a little hole in each piece of coral.B. There are lakes and buildings in a coral island.C. Many small sea animals make a piece of coral.D. It only needs a short time before a coral island forms.45. From the story, we can learn the good lesson “ ____________ ”.A. A good lifestyle is very important to small workers.B. Enough sleep and exercise can help small workers keep fit.C. Every small worker should do his best and be good at his work.D. Small workers can do great things if they do their best long enough.四、词语运用(每小题1分, 计15分)A) 选用方框内的单词或词组填空，其中有一项是多余的。
牛津译林版英语七年级上学期《期末考试试题》及答案解析
牛津译林版英语七年级上学期期末测试卷听力A）听对话回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡相应位置.(读两遍)1. What is the woman?A. B. C.2. What does Wang Hong usually do in the evening? A. B. C.3. When is the boy's father's birthday? A. B. C.4. What sport does Tom like? A. B. C.5. How long does Sandy read English every morning?A. For two hours.B. For an hour.C. For 30 minutes.6. What's Tim's favourite subject?A. Art.B. Maths.C. English.7. Whose football is under the chair?A. Daniel'sB. Simon's.C. Tom's.8. Who's the girl in a hat?A. Tom's sister.B. Tom's friend.C. Tom's sister's friend.9. Where does Daniel sit?A. Near the door.B. In front of Simon.C. Behind Simon.10. Who isn't in the school football team?A. Peter.B. Simon.C. Millie.B) 听对话和短文回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡的相应位置.（听两遍）听第1段材料, 回答第11-12小题.11. What club is the boy in?A. The Dancing Club.B. The Drawing Club.C. The Singing Club.12. How often does the boy go to the club?A. Twice a week.B. Three times a week.C. Every day.听第2段材料, 回答第13-15小题.请根据短文内容选择正确答案, 完成信息记录表.13. A. doing some housework B. doing her homework C. doing some cleaning14. A. watching TV B. reading a book C. playing computer games15. A. some stickers B. his balls C. his teddy bear听第3段材料, 回答第16-20小题.16. What is the writer talking about`?A. A healthy diet.B. A shopping mall.C. His fashion design.17. How many clothes does he design?A. Six.B. Five.C. Four.18. What are the trousers made of?A. They are made of wool.B. They are made of leather.C. They are made of cotton.19. Is the shirt white?A. No, it's black.B. No, it's red.C. Yes, it is.20. What does the writer think of his design?A. It's very lovely.B. It's very smart.C. It's very cool.单项选择1.We'll have __________long holiday next month.A. theB. anC. aD. 不填2.Which of the underlined letters "oo" has a different sound?A. footB. noonC. coolD. tooth3.Amy thinks hamburgers are not good for health, so she ____________eats them.A. seldomB. alwaysC. usuallyD. often4.The trousers __________me well and I want to find a pair of trainers to __________them.A. fit; fitB. match; matchC. fit; matchD. match; fit5.These cotton dresses are very beautiful, but the __________is high.A. sizeB. styleC. colourD. price6.Look! The young girl is dressing up __________ an old woman in a black coat.A. inB. ofC. asD. on7.Which of the following words has two syllables（音节）?A. pieceB. darkC. hamburgerD. lady8.——Don't shout, Amy. Your father in the study.----Sorry,Mum.A. worksB. is workingC. will workD. worked9.Don't worry about Tom! He is __________his young sister.A. big enough to look afterB. old enough to look afterC. big enough to look atD. old enough to look at10.-___________ coat do you like best of all the coats, Sandy?- The red one.A. WhereB. WhatC. WhoseD. Which11.--- Look, the iPhone X is so cool! How much does it ______?--- Less than 10,000 yuan. I don’t think it’s a good idea to ____ so much on a phone.A. cost; costB. spend; spendC. cost; spendD. spend; cost12.The mall near my home___________ from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. every day and is always full of people.A. is openB. opensC. is closedD. closes13.– I want to buy my mum a present for her birthday, but I don't have money with me.-Oh, I have some pocket money and I can __________ you some.A. takeB. borrowC. lendD. bring14.-What do you think of your history teacher?-He is so funny. He often makes his students ____________.A. laughB. to laughC. laughingD. laughs15.-Wanda Plaza is a good place to meet friends.- __________. We often have fun there.A. All right.B. That's all right.C. That's right.D. You're welcome.完形填空Mark and Sophie are good friends. They both like animals.It is Sunday today. It's warm and ___16___, so they decide to take a walk to the city zoo.When they reach, they first go to the ___17___ cage. They want to see a new lion. She is there ___18___ only three weeks. She is very beautiful. She has big brown eyes. When the lion ____19____Mark and Sophie, she opens her big mouth and shows her ___20___ to them.Sophie asks Mark to go to the monkeys' area. She buys bananas and feeds them slowly. They are very funny. They___21___ up and down a lot.Then they go to the snakes'（蛇的）area. Sophie feels afraid. She doesn't like snakes. So she doesn't want to be there. But Mark is ___22___. He isn't afraid at all. He walks close to the cage and, ___23___ hi to the snakes. At last they go to the pandas' area. They see some pandas___24___. Pandas are so cute and friendly to them.In the afternoon, they are both very tired（累的）They come back home by bus. On the way, they ___25___ the animals in the zoo. Their favourite animal is a little monkey and they also read some books about monkeys. They think he is very clever.16. A. rainy B. sunny C. snowy D. windy17. A. monkeys' B. tigers' C. birds' D. lions' 18. A. atB. inC. forD. on 19. A. finds B. sees C. getsD. hears 20. A. ears B. eyes C. paws （爪子） D. teeth21A. runB. walkC. jumpD. swim 22. A. different B. kind C. good D. nice23. A. speaksB. tellsC. talksD. says24. A. happilyB. sadlyC. quicklyD. easily25. A. talk aboutB. hear aboutC. listen toD. look at阅读理解A26. Paula gets up at 7:10 a.m. on __________ A. SaturdaysB. SundaysC. weekdaysD. weekends27. Which food does Paula eat every day?A. Eggs and meat.B. Eggs and vegetables.C. Meat and eggs.D. Vegetables and meat.28. According to the table（表格）, which sentence is NOT true?A. Paula goes to bed at 9:30 p.m. on Saturday.B. Paula often has vegetables for supper.C. Paula usually has pizza for lunch.D. Paula gets up late on Saturday and Sunday.BNowadays, shopping online becomes a new way of shopping. It is getting more and more popular. Many people like doing some shopping through the Internet.Why is shopping online becoming more and more popular? First, it provides lots of advantages. There are many goods（商品）on the Internet. People can find anything they want.The price on the Internet is usually lower than that in the store. People can save some money.Second, more and more people have their own computers and they join their computers with the Internet. So it is possible for many of them to do shopping through the Internet. People don't need to go to the shop themselves. They can save a lot of time.However, every coin has two sides. Customers（顾客）can only see the pictures of the goods on the Internet. And they can't enjoy the pleasure of buying things in a large supermarket or a wonderful shopping center. Maybe shopping online makes people boring. So some people don't like this new way of shopping. They are worried about the safety （安全）of shopping online.29. What's the meaning of underlined word "advantages" in the second paragraph（段落）?A. 折扣B. 结果C. 原料D. 优势30. From the last paragraph（段落）, we know _________________.A. there are many pictures of goods onlineB. shopping online can make people happyC. people enjoy the joy of buying things in the supermarketD. some people dislike shopping on the Internet31. What's the main idea of this passage?A. All the people like going shopping online.B. A new way of shopping.C. The safety of shopping online.D. The reasons for shopping online.CA hen（母鸡）is in the kitchen now. She says to her children, "Let's make biscuits（饼干）"Her husband（丈夫）, the rooster（公鸡）, is reading the newspaper in the living room. The hen asks, "Can you help?" But the rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm very busy! I'm reading the newspaper." The hen says to her children, "Let's get things to make biscuits." Her children say, "OK, Mum!"While the hen and her children are busy making biscuits, the rooster comes into the kitchen. The hen asks, "Can you help?" The rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm hungry. I need to get something to eat now." The hen says to her children, "Let's go on our work! "Her children say, "OK, Mum!"The hen and her children take the biscuits to the yard to get dry. The rooster is in the yard too. The hen asks, "Can you help?" The rooster does not want to help. He says, "No, I can't. I'm very busy! I'm getting ready to go fishing."After a while, the hen says to her children, "The biscuits are ready to eat! Try some!" Her children say, "OK, Mum!" They eat together happily. The rooster sees the biscuits. They look very delicious. He says, "Can I have some?" The hen gives some biscuits to her children and says to the rooster, "No, you can't."32. How many times does the hen ask the rooster to help her?A. Five.B. Four.C. Three.D. Two.33. The rooster doesn't want to help his wife, because________________.A. he is busy reading his newspaperB. he is very hungryC. he is getting ready to go fishingD. he is very lazy34. According to the passage, which sentence is NOT true?A. The hen and her children make the biscuits in the kitchen.B. The hen and her children take the biscuits to the yard.C.The hen and her children eat the biscuits together.D. The hen gives some biscuits to her husband to eat. 35. What's the best title of the passage? A. The hen and her family. B. The hen and her husband. C. The rooster and his children. D. The hen in the kitchen. 词汇运用根据句意, 用括号中所给词的正确形式填空, 每空一词. 36. We never forget these ____________ (hero) names in the War of Resistance Against Japan （抗日战争）.37. Helen enjoys _______________ (sing) songs in her free time.38. Ladies and ______________ (gentleman), welcome to our school!39. I have _________________(swim) lessons every Friday.40. Every morning, my grandmother ______________ (take) the dog out for a walk with us.根据句意及汉语、音标提示, 写出单词的正确形式, 每空一词.41. The ___________（总的）number of the students in our school is 1765.42. A good breakfast always ___________（包含）milk.43. Please give me small___________ [tʃeɪndʒ] for this ten-yuan note.44. There are different _____________ [ˈrɛstrɒnts] in Zhenjiang. We can enjoy nice food.45. Please make yourself______________[ˈkʌmftəbl] while I get some coffee.句型转换46. There aren't any books on the desk.（改为同义句）There __________ __________books on the desk.47. Can I help you?（改为同义句）__________ can I do __________ you?48. Both of them like wearing trainers.（对划线部分提问）________ __________ both of them like wearing?49. My mother buys a kilo of meat from the market.（改成复数形式）My mother buys two __________of __________from the market.50. He often chats with his parents in the sitting room.（用now改写句子）He __________ __________ with his parents in the sitting room now.短文填空The first day of the month of May is May Day（五朔节）.It is one of the oldest f____51____ in many Western countries., It is the time of the year w___52___ the cold winter ends and the warm weather begins. Flowers start to blossom. On this day, people c____53____ the coming of summer and express（表达）their happiness and h____54____for better months. Usually summer c____55____ in June, but May Day really shows a new beginning. People have different a____56____ on this special day.Decorating housesMay Day begins early in the morning. People usually go o____57____ before the day starts. They c____58____flowers and green plants to decorate（装饰）their houses. They believe these will bring them good luck.Washing faces with the early morning dew（露水）The morning dew of May Day is also called May dew. For young girls, the first thing to do on 1st May is to run into the garden and wash their faces with May dew. They're s____59____ May dew has magic power（魔力）.I____60____ they wash their faces with it, they will be beautiful all the year.Would you like to know more about May Day? Please search online at once!任务型阅读AI am Lily I have a piece of good news to tell you. We have a new apartment. The rooms are not very large, but they are all comfortable. There are more rooms here than in our old apartment.I have my own room. It's so great! Right? In the old apartment, I must share（分享）a room with my little sister and grandmother.My bedroom is my favourite in our apartment. I can be alone in it. I can read and draw. I can listen to music. I can play games and send my friends e-mails on my computer.My second favourite room is the kitchen. I like helping my mother cook my meals. She is a very good cook and I often learn different ways of making food from her. She lived in Morocco when she was a girl, and she can cook Morocco food. It is delicious.阅读以上信息, 用恰当的词完成以下内容.每空一词.Lily's family has a new apartment. There're some rooms in it. The rooms are ___61___ but comfortable. Lily thinks the apartment is so great for her, ___62___ she has her own room and she doesn't need to share a room with her family ___63___. Her favourite rooms are kitchen and bedroom. In the bedroom, she can do anything she wants, such as ___64___ to the music and playing games. In the kitchen, her mother ___65___ her different ways of making dishes.BMum and dad are two of the most important people in your life. They influence（影响）you more than others you meet in your life. So if your mom or dad loves to read, you just might grow up carrying a book wherever you go, just like she or he does. Mums and dads care for（关心）their children from the minute they were born. So it's very important to stay close and get along（和睦相处）with them. But not every child knows how to do this. Here are some ways to help you.Spend time together. Don't play a computer game or watch TV, ask your mum and dad to play with you. Go to the cinema, or read a book out loud.Be kind. Little things might mean a lot to your mum or dad. You can make your parents happy with a hug（拥抱）, a card, or a joke（笑话）. It's also lovely when a child cleans his or her parents' room. And when you try not to fight with your brothers or sisters, your parents might be very happy.Do your best at whatever you do. You don't have to be perfect, but when you do your best, you make your parents proud（自豪）. It makes them happy to see how you're changing into a great kid. Why? Because it lets them know you're doing a good job.阅读以上信息, 用恰当的词完成下面的表格, 每空一词.71.书面表达假如你是Mark, 你将通过发送电子邮件的方式与美国中学生Justin进行交流.请根据下面表格内的提示介绍你自己并同时将中国的春节以及新学期的个人计划介绍给Mark并期待尽快收到对方的回复.要求：1. 所写内容必须包括表格中的全部要点, 可适当发挥.2. 文章不少于80词, 开头己给出, 不计入总词数.3. 所写内容要求条理清晰、意思连贯、语法正确、字迹工整.4. 文中不得出现真实的姓名及校名.Dear Justin,My name is Mark. I'm glad to know you! _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____Looking forward to your reply!Yours,Mark答案与解析听力A）听对话回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡相应位置.(读两遍) 1. What is the woman?A. B. C.2. What does Wang Hong usually do in the evening?A. B. C.3. When is the boy's father's birthday?A. B. C.4. What sport does Tom like?A. B. C.5. How long does Sandy read English every morning?A. For two hours.B. For an hour.C. For 30 minutes.6. What's Tim's favourite subject?A. Art.B. Maths.C. English.7. Whose football is under the chair?A. Daniel'sB. Simon's.C. Tom's.8. Who's the girl in a hat?A. Tom's sister.B. Tom's friend.C. Tom's sister's friend.9. Where does Daniel sit?A. Near the door.B. In front of Simon.C. Behind Simon.10. Who isn't in the school football team?A. Peter.B. Simon.C. Millie.B) 听对话和短文回答问题, 将正确选项填涂在答题卡的相应位置.（听两遍）听第1段材料, 回答第11-12小题.11. What club is the boy in?A. The Dancing Club.B. The Drawing Club.C. The Singing Club.12. How often does the boy go to the club?A. Twice a week.B. Three times a week.C. Every day.听第2段材料, 回答第13-15小题.请根据短文内容选择正确答案, 完成信息记录表.13. A. doing some housework B. doing her homework C. doing some cleaning14. A. watching TV B. reading a book C. playing computer games15. A. some stickers B. his balls C. his teddy bear听第3段材料, 回答第16-20小题.16. What is the writer talking about`?A. A healthy diet.B. A shopping mall.C. His fashion design.17. How many clothes does he design?A. Six.B. Five.C. Four.18. What are the trousers made of?A. They are made of wool.B. They are made of leather.C. They are made of cotton.19. Is the shirt white?A. No, it's black.B. No, it's red.C. Yes, it is.20. What does the writer think of his design?A. It's very lovely.B. It's very smart.C. It's very cool.单项选择1.We'll have __________long holiday next month.A. theB. anC. aD. 不填【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：下个月我们将有一个长假。
最新牛津译林版七年级上学期英语《期末考试卷》(附答案)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试牛津译林版七年级英语试题一、听力选择 (共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)(请先用两分钟时间熟悉听力试题，然后再动笔答题.做题时，先将答案划在试卷上.录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上.)A) 听下面5段对话.从A、B、C三个选项中选出与你所听内容相符的选项.每段对话读两遍.1.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】What would Mr. Smith like?A. B. C.2.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】What does Simon do at eight every Friday morning?A. B. C.3.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】What is Simon’s favourite festival?A. B. C.4.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.5.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】How much are the two music CDs?A. 12 yuan.B. 20 yuan.C. 40 yuan.B) 听下面2段对话，每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话，回答以下小题.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】6. What is Tom looking for?A. His book.B. His glasses.C. His computer CD.7. Who are the two speakers?A. Teacher and student.B. Mother and son.C. Friends.听下面一段对话，回答以下小题.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】8. When is Anna’s birthday?A. February 18th.B. New Year’s Day.C. February 8th.9. Where will Anna have the party?A. At home.B. In the school.C. In the restaurant.10. What presents doesn’t Anna often get at her birthday?A. Some birthday cards.B. Some school things.C. Some sports shoes.C) 听下面的短文，短文后有五个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，短文读两遍.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】11. Where does Kate work?A.In a shop.B. In a school.C. On a bus. 12. What does she have for breakfast? A. Some bread and milk. B. Some cakes and milk. C. Some chocolates and Coke.13. How does she go to work?A. By bike.B. On foot.C. By bus.14. How many hours does she work on a weekday?A. Nine.B. Eight.C. Six.15. What does she like?A. New shoes.B. New clothes.C. New school.二、选择填空 (共25小题：每小题1分，满分25分)A) 单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.16.----My son seldom has ______ breakfast.----It is ______ unhealthy habit. You must ask him to change it.A. /, anB. /, aC. the, anD. the, a17.My brother with my parents ______ shopping every week.A. goB. goingC. to goD. goes18.My mother often ______ me ______ dinner for the family at weekends.A. make; cooksB. makes; cookC. make; cookingD. makes; cooks19.My father is always busy ______ his work. He has no time ______ me.A.doing; to play andB. with; playing withC. with; to play withD. to do; to play with20.The iPhone 6s is not ________ and I don't have to buy it.A. cheap enough; enough moneyB. expensive enough; money enoughC. enough cheap; enough moneyD. enough expensive; money enough21.–How long may I_______ your bike?-For a week. But you can't_______ it to others.A. borrow; lendB. keep; lendC. lend; borrowD. keep; borrow22.Simon wears a pair of ______.A. long black leather bootsB. black leather long bootsC. 1eather long black bootsD. black long leather boots23.We ______ half an hour ______ in the playground after class．A. spend；to practise runningB. take；to practise to runC. spend；practising runningD. take；to practise running24.Everyone except them ______ good at ______.A. are; runningB. is; runingC. are; runD. is; running25.The green dress is not so long. I don't think it_______me.A. fitB. fitsC. matchD. matches26.She usually ______ music ______ free time.A. listens to; in herB. listens; in herC. hears; in herD. hear; in her27.I like to talk my father basketball after school.A. about; aboutB. about; withC. with; withD. with; about28.I often go to school by bike, but ______ I go on foot.A. some timesB. some timeC. sometimesD. never29.—What’s your brother like? — .A. He likes readingB. He is tallC. He is a studentD. He is 1330.—We’ll have a school trip to Suzhou Museum next week.—. And I’m sure you'll learn a lot.A. Have fun B. Cheer up C. Best wishes D. Never mindB) 完形填空先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.For school students，making a homework plan(计划) is important. It can help you do your homework well.First, be sure(确定) to understand ___31___ your teachers want you to do. Write it down in your notebook if you need to，and be sure to ask questions about your ___32___ if you really don't understand. It's much easier to take a minute to ask the teacher in or after class than to think ___33___all the night!Second，use any free time ___34___ to work on your homework. Many schools have study rooms. It's___35___ to play with your friends and classmates after class at school，but the more work you do in school, the less you'll have to do at ___36___.Third, pace(调整) yourself. If you don't finish your homework at school，___37___ how much homework you have and what else is going on that day, and then plan your time. Most school students have between 1 and 1.5___38___ of homework a night. If it's not a hard homework day, you can ___39___yourself more, or you'll have to say ___40___ to your game shows or films on TV.31. A. when B. what C. how D. where32. A. plan B. wish C. homework D. time33. A. hard B. easy C. happy D. lucky34. A. in the classroom B. at home C. in the playground D. in the restaurant35. A. sorry B. interesting C. helpful D. important36. A. morning B. afternoon C. night D. weekend37. A. talk about B. ask for C. learn from D. think about38. A. minutes B. hours C. days D. weeks39. A. help B. teach C. look after D. enjoy40. A. yes B. OK C. sorry D. please三、阅读理解 (共12小题；每小题2分，满分24分)阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.ADear Frank,In your last letter, you asked me about meals in English homes. Now let me tell you something about it.In many English homes, people eat four meals a day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner.People have breakfast at any time from seven to nine in the morning. They eat vegetables, eggs and bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast.Lunch comes at one o’clock. Afternoon tea is from four to five in the afternoon, and dinner is at about half past seven. First, they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After that, they eat some fruits like bananas, apples or oranges. But not all English people like those fruits. Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day. Their meals are breakfast, dinner and afternoon tea. All these meals are very simple.I hope you can visit England someday.Yours,Eric41. How many meals do many English people have every day?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.42. What do English people eat for breakfast?A. Vegetables, eggs and bread.B. Juice or coffee.C. Soup or meat.D. Fruit and porridge.43. One o’clock in the afternoon is time for ________.A. breakfastB. 1unchC. afternoon teaD. dinner44. Which is NOT true about the dinner?A. It is at about half past seven.B. People have soup, meat or fish.C. All English people like bananas, apples and oranges.D. Some English people have dinner in the middle of the day.BWhen tea and coffee were first introduced to Europe in the 18th century, people had different ideas about their use.Some said that tea and coffee were harmful to humans and they could cause （引起）people to die.In Sweden（瑞典）, King Gustaf Ⅲ decided to find out whether or not this was true.It happened that there were two brothers in prison at that time.They were twins and were almost alike in every way.They had both been sentenced to death (判处死刑).The King decided to let them live if one of the men agreed to drink several cups of tea each day and the other several cups of coffee.Both brothers lived many years without problems of any kind.At last,the brother who had drunk tea every day died at the age of 83,the other died a few years later.Because of the experiment(实验), tea and coffee got accepted (接受) and became popular as drink in Sweden, and it is one of the many countries of the world where much tea and coffee is drunk today.45. Tea and coffee were first introducd to Europe in_______.A. the eighteenth centuryB. the eighteen centuryC. eighteenth centuriesD. eighteen centuries46.What does the word harmful mean in Chinese?---It means________. A. 有趣的 B. 苦涩无味的 C. 有害的 D. 可口的47. The brother who had drunk tea every day lived______. A. until he was over 83 B. until he was 83 C. until the other had been dead for several years D. until he had drunk tea for a few years 48. Today the Swedish drink_________. A. much more coffee than tea B. much tea and coffee C. little tea and coffee D. much tea but little coffee C There is a new rule (规定) for students. They need to run 1,500 metres each day. How do they like the new rule ? Are they ready to run?Wang Tao:I’m 12 years old. I’m from Beijing. As Grade 8 students, we usually run 50 metres,200 metres or 400 metres in PE class, but never 1,500 metres. But I think the new rule is a good idea. It can help us keep fit. Running can also make us active (活跃的) in the daytime.Liu Tao:I’m 13 years old. I ’m from Dalian. Many students worry about the new rule. We only run 400 metres in PE class. Some students say that they may feel tired and sleepy in class after running. But I am OK with it. I can run 1,000 metres in 3 minutes.Shi Ming:I’m 14 years old. I’m from Qingdao. Students in our school run 600 metres in Grade 7 and 800 metres in Grade 8 in PE class. In winter, we run about four laps(圈) each day. That is close to 1,500 metres. I think it’s good for us.49. Which of the following doesn’t Wang Tao run in PE class?A. 50 metres.B. 200 metres.C. 400 metres.D. 1,500 metres.50. Wang Tao thinks running can make students .A. healthy and activeB. beautiful and healthyC. strong and activeD. tall and strong51. What does the underlined word “sleep y ” mean(意思是) in Chinese?A. 兴奋的B. 健康的C. 开心的D. 困倦的52. Which of the following is TRUE(正确的) according to the passage ?A.Wang Tao is a Grade 7 student.B. Shi Ming runs about 1,000 metres each day in winter.C. Wang Tao and Liu Tao live in different cities.D. Shi Ming runs 800 metres in Grade 7 in PE class. 四、阅读表达 (共3小题；满分6分，分别为1，2，3分) Do you know anything about the way of shopping in Western countries? In the West, people usually make a listbefore they go shopping. Most people like to go to supermarkets or big shopping malls.In the West, most supermarkets or malls open at 8:00 a.m. and close at 6:00 p.m. But some big supermarkets and big malls are open until 11:00 p.m. at night. When people go into a supermarket, first they should get a basket or a cart(手推车) at the entrance(入口处). Then they begin to choose things and put them into the basket or the cart. After they get everything they want, they pay the money. There are always a lot of people in the supermarket at weekends. They must wait for their turn.Most people go to the supermarket or the shopping mall once a week. Some people go shopping twice or three times a week.53. How often do most people in the West go shopping?_______________________________________________54. Where do most people like going shopping in the West?_______________________________________________55. Do you like going shopping at weekends? Why?_______________________________________________五、词汇检测 (共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)根据所给汉语，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式.每空一词.56. We must remember all the ____ (英雄的) names.57. Do you know today is a ____ (特别的) day?58. The colour of the hair clip ____ (匹配) that of the coat.59. Kitty’s clothes are ____ (受欢迎) among the students in her school.60. — What do you think of the ____ (活动) at school?— They are very interesting.61. I want to eat a big meal. Let’s go to the ____ (饭店).62. The ____ (总的) number of Grade 7 students is 500 in our school63. — I am getting fat. How can I lose weight (减肥) ?— To be ____ (健康), you should do more exercise.64. — What are your ____?— Oh, I have many, like singing, swimming and playing basketball.65. — I want to ____ my holiday on the beach of the sea.— Wish you a happy time.六、句子翻译 (共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)将下列句子译成英语，并将所译句子写在横线上.66. 现在，我和家人一起住在苏州._____________________________________________67. 每天游泳能使我们健康强壮._____________________________________________68. 你能带领我们参观那些教学楼吗?_____________________________________________69. 那个红头发的女孩经常捉弄她的同学们._____________________________________________70. 博物馆是个参观的好地方._____________________________________________七、书面表达 (共1题；满分10分)71.寒假将至，同学们即将迎来一个快乐的寒假.你的同学Sandy通常是这样度过寒假的，请你介绍一下Sandy的寒假生活.注意：1. 词数80左右.短文的开头已为你写好，不计入总词数；2. 短文须包括所有要点，不要逐词翻译，可适当发挥，使短文连贯、通顺.Sandy's winter holidayHello, I'm happy to tell you something about Sandy's winter holiday.________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________答案与解析一、听力选择 (共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)(请先用两分钟时间熟悉听力试题，然后再动笔答题.做题时，先将答案划在试卷上.录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上.)A) 听下面5段对话.从A、B、C三个选项中选出与你所听内容相符的选项.每段对话读两遍.1.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】What would Mr. Smith like?A. B. C.【答案】B【解析】2.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】What does Simon do at eight every Friday morning?A. B. C.【答案】A【解析】3.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】What is Simon’s favourite festival?A. B. C.【答案】A【解析】4.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】How long is the school library open?A. For five hours.B. For eight hours.C. For nine hours.【答案】C【解析】5.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】How much are the two music CDs?A. 12 yuan.B. 20 yuan.C. 40 yuan.【答案】B【解析】B) 听下面2段对话，每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话，回答以下小题.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】6. What is Tom looking for?A. His book.B. His glasses.C. His computer CD.7. Who are the two speakers?A. Teacher and student.B. Mother and son.C. Friends.【答案】6. C 7. B【解析】听下面一段对话，回答以下小题.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】8. When is Anna’s birthday?A. February 18th.B. New Year’s Day.C. February 8th.9. Where will Anna have the party?A. At home.B. In the school.C. In the restaurant.10. What presents doesn’t Anna often get at her birthday?A. Some birthday cards.B. Some school things.C. Some sports shoes.【答案】8. A 9. C 10. C【解析】C) 听下面的短文，短文后有五个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，短文读两遍.【此处有音频，请去附件查看】11. Where does Kate work?A. In a shop.B. In a school.C. On a bus.12. What does she have for breakfast?A. Some bread and milk.B. Some cakes and milk.C. Some chocolates and Coke.13. How does she go to work?A. By bike.B. On foot.C. By bus.14. How many hours does she work on a weekday?A. Nine.B. Eight.C. Six.15. What does she like?A. New shoes.B. New clothes.C. New school.【答案】11. B 12. A 13. C 14. C 15. B【解析】二、选择填空 (共25小题：每小题1分，满分25分)A) 单项填空从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.16.----My son seldom has ______ breakfast.----It is ______ unhealthy habit. You must ask him to change it.A. /, anB. /, aC. the, anD. the, a【答案】A【详解】句意：--我的儿子很少吃早饭.--那是一个不健康的习惯，你必须请他改正.表示三餐前一般不用冠词，have+三餐；故排除BD；第二空因为habit是可数名词的单数，所以用不定冠词，表示类别，不表示特指，又因为unhealthy是以元音音素开头的单词，故用an;故选A.【点睛】元音音素前用an,辅音音素前用a.注意:用an或者a看的是音素，而不是字母.unhealthy发音是元音开头的.17.My brother with my parents ______ shopping every week.A. goB. goingC. to goD. goes【答案】D【解析】句意：我哥哥和我父母每周都去 .考查动词形式辨析题.go shopping去购物，固定短语；根据句意和语境，可知选D.18.My mother often ______ me ______ dinner for the family at weekends.A. make; cooksB. makes; cookC. make; cookingD. makes; cooks【答案】B【解析】句意：我妈妈经常让我在周末为家人做晚餐.考查动词和固定短语辨析题.often 经常，用于一般现在时；make sb. do sth.让某人做某事；my mother是三单人称，动词需用三单形式；根据句意结构和语境，可知选B.19.My father is always busy ______ his work. He has no time ______ me.A. doing; to play andB. with; playing withC. with; to play withD. to do; to play with【答案】C【解析】句意：我父亲总是忙于他的工作.他没有时间陪我玩.考查介词和动词形式辨析题.be busy with sth.= be busy doing sth.忙于（做）某事，固定结构，可排除D选项.have no time to do sth.没有时间做某事，固定短语.play with sb.和……一起玩，可排除A.根据句意结构和语境，可知选C.20.The iPhone 6s is not ________ and I don't have to buy it.A. cheap enough; enough moneyB. expensive enough; money enoughC. enough cheap; enough moneyD. enough expensive; money enough【答案】A句意：iPhone 6S不是足够便宜，是我没有足够的钱买它.考查形容词短语辨析题.enough足够的，形容词，后接名词；与形容词连用时，enough需后置；根据句意和语境，可知选A.21.–How long may I_______ your bike?-For a week. But you can't_______ it to others.A. borrow; lendB. keep; lendC. lend; borrowD. keep; borrow【答案】B【解析】句意：——我能借你的自行车多长时间？——一周，但是你不能把它借给别人.borrow借入（短暂性动词，不能表示一段时间）；lend借出（短暂性动词，不能表示一段时间）；keep借（延续性动词，可以和一段时间连用）；故选B22.Simon wears a pair of ______.A. long black leather bootsB. black leather long bootsC. 1eather long black bootsD. black long leather boots【答案】A【解析】句意：西蒙穿着一双黑色长皮靴.考查形容词顺序辨析题.long长的；black黑色的；leather皮革的.名词需用形容词修饰，而且可以使用多个形容词，其顺序是（物主）+长度+颜色+材质+名词.根据句意结构和语境，可知选A.23.We ______ half an hour ______ in the playground after class．A. spend；to practise runningB. take；to practise to runC. spend；practising runningD. take；to practise running【答案】C【解析】句意：下课后我们花半小时在操场上跑步.考查动词形式辨析题.spend 和take都可以表示“花费时间”，但前者的主语必须是人，而take后面常跟双宾语，常用于 It takes sb. ＋some time＋to do sth. 和doing sth. takes sb. ＋some time结构.spend some time doing sth.花费时间做某事；practise doing练习做某事；都是固定短语.根据句意和语境，可知选C.24.Everyone except them ______ good at ______.A. are; runningB. is; runingC. are; runD. is; running【答案】D【解析】句意：除了他们，每个人都擅长跑步.考查系词和动词形式辨析题.except除……以外，指不包含所排出的对象；everyone每个人，强调个体，三单人称，系词需用is，可排除AC两项.be good at擅长做某事，介词at 后接名词或动名词，run是重读闭音节，其动名词形式需双写词尾的u再加ing；根据句意和语境，可知选D.25.The green dress is not so long. I don't think it_______me.A. fitB. fitsC. matchD. matches【答案】B【解析】句意：这件绿色的裙子不是很长，我认为它不适合我.fit适合；fits是第三人称单数形式；match搭配；matches 第三人称单数形式.根据句意The green dress is not so long可知，这里指裙子的大小不适合，主语it是单数，故应选B.26.She usually ______ music ______ free time.A. listens to; in herB. listens; in herC. hears; in herD. hear; in her【答案】A【解析】句意：她通常在空闲时间听音乐.考查动词辨析题.listen和hear都表示“听”，但前者强调听的动作，常与介词to连用，后接宾语；而后者是及物动词，强调听的结果，直接接宾语.根据句意和语境，可知选A.点睛：本题虽然有两个空，但四个选项中的第二个答案都是in her（free time），因此考查的是listen和hear 的区别用法.掌握了listen和hear的不同用法，正确选择就不是问题. 27.I like to talk my father basketball after school. A. about; about B. about; with C. with; with D. with; about 【答案】D【解析】句意：放学后我喜欢和爸爸谈论篮球.考查动词短语辨析题.talk with sb. about sth.和某人谈论某事，固定短语；根据句意结构和语境，可知选D.28.I often go to school by bike, but ______ I go on foot.A. some timesB. some timeC. sometimesD. never【答案】C【解析】句意：我经常骑自行车上学，但有时步行去.考查副词辨析题.A. some times好几次；B. some time一些时间；C. sometimes有时；D. never从不，表否定.本句缺的是时间状语，而some times和some time都是名词性短语，可排除.never表示否定意义，而本句是肯定意义，也可排除.根据句意和语境，可知选C.29.—What’s your brother like? — .A. He likes readingB. He is tallC. He is a studentD. He is 13【答案】B【解析】句意：——你哥哥是什么样子？——他很高.考查特殊疑问句及其回答.What’s +人称+ like?用于提问“某人的外貌，即某人是什么样子的”，其回答需用高矮、胖瘦等表示外貌特征的形容词回答.根据句意和语境，可知ACD三个选项意思都与句意不符，故选B.30.—We’ll have a school trip to Suzhou Museum next week.—. And I’m sure you'll learn a lot.A. Have funB. Cheer upC. Best wishesD. Never mind【答案】A【解析】句意：——下周我们将去苏州博物馆参观学校.——玩得开心.我相信你会学到很多东西的.考查日常交际用语.A. Have fun祝你开心，用于祝福；B. Cheer up振作起来，用于鼓励；C. Best wishes祝你好运，用于祝福；D. Never mind不用担心，用于劝慰.根据句意和语境，可知BCD三项意思都与句意不合，故选A.B) 完形填空先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.For school students，making a homework plan(计划) is important. It can help you do your homework well.First, be sure(确定) to understand ___31___ your teachers want you to do. Write it down in your notebook if you need to，and be sure to ask questions about your ___32___ if you really don't understand. It's much easier to take a minute to ask the teacher in or after class than to think ___33___all the night!Second，use any free time ___34___ to work on your homework. Many schools have study rooms. It's___35___ to play with your friends and classmates after class at school，but the more work you do in school, the lessyou'll have to do at ___36___.Third, pace(调整) yourself. If you don't finish your homework at school，___37___ how much homework you have and what else is going on that day, and then plan your time. Most school students have between 1 and 1.5___38___ of homework a night. If it's not a hard homework day, you can ___39___yourself more, or you'll have to say ___40___ to your game shows or films on TV.31. A. when B. what C. how D. where32. A. plan B. wish C. homework D. time33. A. hard B. easy C. happy D. lucky34. A. in the classroom B. at home C. in the playground D. in the restaurant35. A. sorry B. interesting C. helpful D. important36. A. morning B. afternoon C. night D. weekend37. A. talk about B. ask for C. learn from D. think about38. A. minutes B. hours C. days D. weeks39. A. help B. teach C. look after D. enjoy40. A. yes B. OK C. sorry D. please【答案】31. B 32. C 33. A 34. A 35. B 36. C 37. D 38. B 39. D 40. C【解析】试题分析：本文就如何帮助学生制定家庭作业计划给出了三点科学合理的建议.【31题详解】句意：首先，一定要理解你的老师希望你做什么.考查疑问词辨析题.A. when什么时候，表时间.B. what什么，表事物；C. how怎样，表方式；D. where在哪里，表地点.本句是宾语从句，空白处同时做do的宾语，ACD三项都是疑问副词，不能做宾语.根据句意和语境，可知选B.【32题详解】句意：如果你真的不懂的话，一定要问一些有关你的家庭作业的问题.考查名词辨析题.A. plan计划；B. wish 愿望；C. homework家庭作业；D. time时间.根据短文内容介绍的是如何制定家庭作业计划，计划句意和语境，可知选C.33题详解】句意：在课堂上或课后花一分钟时间问老师比在整个晚上认真思考容易得多！考查副词辨析题.A. hard困难地；B. easy容易的；C. happy高兴的；D. lucky幸运的.think思考，动词需用副词修饰；BCD三项都是形容词，不可修饰动词，可排除.根据句意和语境，可知选A.【34题详解】句意：第二，在课堂上利用任何空闲时间来做家庭作业.考查介词短语辨析题.A. in the classroom在教室里；B. at home在家里；C. in the playground在操场上；D. in the restaurant在餐馆里.根据本段结尾the more work you do in school, the less you'll have to do at night.，结合句意和语境，可知选A.【35题详解】句意：放学后跟你的朋友和同学一起玩很有趣.考查形容词辨析题.A. sorry对不起；B. interesting有趣的；C. helpful有用的；D. important重要的.根据句意和语境，可知ACD三项意思都与句意不合，故选B.【36题详解】句意：但是你在学校做的工作（家庭作业）越多，晚上就越少做.考查名词辨析题.AB两项多和in连用，in the morning/afternoon；weekend周末，多于on连用，on weekend.at night在夜里；根据句意和语境，可知选C.【37题详解】句意：想想你有多少作业和当天的作业.考查动词短语辨析题.A. talk about谈论；B. ask for请求…；C. learn from吸取；D. think about考虑….根据句意和语境，可知ABC三个选项意思都与句意不符，故选D.【38题详解】句意：大多数学生每晚有1到1.5个小时的家庭作业.考查名词辨析题.根据句意和语境，结合学生实际，可知minutes、days和weeks均与句意不符，故选B.【39题详解】句意：如果这不是一个艰难的家庭作业日，你可以享受更多.考查动词辨析题.A. help帮助；B. teach教；C. look after照顾；D. enjoy使过得快活.enjoy yourself玩得高兴；根据句意和语境，可知前面三个选项都与句意不合，故选D.【40题详解】句意：否则你不得不对你的游戏节目或电视上的电影表示遗憾.考查形容词辨析题.say sorry to道歉/向某人道歉；本句前后是让步关系，根据句意和语境，可知sorry符合句意，故选C.点睛：完型填空是难度最大的题.它集阅读理解、语法、词法、句法于一体.是考查语言综合运用的能力的一道题.解题的方法要带着空，通读文章，搞清事件发生的背景；再读全文，搞清短文内容；最后根据句意，联系上下文确定每个空的正确答案.它的主要题型有（1）考查词义辨析：名词辨析，形容词副词辨析，冠词辨析，介词连词辨析等；（2）考查句子时态，语态，要根据语境，选择正确的时态和语态的选项；（3）考查从句（宾语从句，定语从句，主语从句等）；（4）根据固定句型或短语结合语境选择正确的选项.本题主要考查单词或短语辨析，做此类型题时，要知道每一个词的意义，然后结合上下文背景语境，选择适合语境的选项.三、阅读理解 (共12小题；每小题2分，满分24分)阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.ADear Frank,In your last letter, you asked me about meals in English homes. Now let me tell you something about it.In many English homes, people eat four meals a day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner.People have breakfast at any time from seven to nine in the morning. They eat vegetables, eggs and bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast.Lunch comes at one o’clock. Afternoon tea is from four to five in the afternoon, and dinner is at about half past seven. First, they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After that, they eat some fruits like bananas, apples or oranges. But not all English people like those fruits. Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day. Their meals are breakfast, dinner and afternoon tea. All these meals are very simple.I hope you can visit England someday.Yours,Eric41. How many meals do many English people have every day?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.42. What do English people eat for breakfast?A. Vegetables, eggs and bread.B. Juice or coffee.C. Soup or meat.D. Fruit and porridge.43. One o’clock i n the afternoon is time for ________.A. breakfastB. 1unchC. afternoon teaD. dinner44. Which is NOT true about the dinner?A. It is at about half past seven.B. People have soup, meat or fish.C. All English people like bananas, apples and oranges.D. Some English people have dinner in the middle of the day.【答案】41. D 42. A 43. B 44. C【解析】试题分析：这是艾利克写给弗兰克的一封信，艾利克在信中介绍了英国家庭的一日四餐，并发出邀请，希望有一天弗兰克能访问英国.【41题详解】题意：大多数英国人每天吃几顿饭？考查细节理解题.根据第二段In many English homes, people eat four meals a day: breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner.，可知是四顿：早餐、午餐、下午茶和晚餐，故选D.【42题详解】题意：英国人早餐吃什么？考查细节理解题.根据They eat vegetables, eggs and bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast.，可知他们吃的是蔬菜、鸡蛋和面包，喝的是茶或咖啡，故选A.【43题详解】题意：下午一点是________时间.考查细节理解题.根据Lunch comes a t one o’clock.，可知是午餐时间，故选B.【44题详解】题意：关于晚饭，哪一项是错误的？考查细节理解题.A. It is at about half past seven. 七点半左右（吃晚饭）；根据and dinner is at about half past seven.可知说法正确.B. People have soup, meat or fish.人们吃汤、肉或鱼；根据First, they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables.可知说法正确.C. All English people like bananas, apples and oranges.所有的英国人都喜欢香蕉、苹果和桔子；根据But not all English people like those fruits.可知说法错误.D. Some English people have dinner in the middle of the day. 一些英国人在中午吃晚饭；根据Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day.，可知说法正确.综合以上分析，故选C.点睛：对于阅读理解题，首先要粗读文章了解大意，其次通过细读，理解全文.在粗读的基础上，仔细阅读题后所给的题目，根据题目要求，再有重点地返回来仔细阅读.在阅读理解的题目中，所设问题主要有以下几种方式：找主题或概括文章的中心思想、就文中的具体事实和情节进行提问、根据文章的表层意思进行深层次的推理判断等，在细读时，要根据设问的方式，进行有侧重地阅读.1、概括文章中心思想.1)文首呈现主题句.2)文尾出现主题句.3)首尾呼应展现主题.4)文中表述主题.前面提出问题，文中的主题由随之陈述的细节或合乎逻辑的引申在文中导出，而后再做进一步的解释.5)文章没有主题句.在这种情况下，考生要把所有的细节综合起来.进行逻辑推理，概括归纳出文章的主题句.2.掌握文章的具体事实和重要情节.在考题中，经常会见到就文章中某一具体事实和重要情节进行测试的题目.这就要求考生在阅读时要注意辨认和记忆具体事实，重要情节，事物的起因、过程、结果及发生的地点、时间等，这些都有可能作为测试点.还有一些测试题，要求考生在理解的基础上，通过自己的思维将理解的内容系统化，比如计算、排序等题型.BWhen tea and coffee were first introduced to Europe in the 18th century, people had different ideas about their use.Some said that tea and coffee were harmful to humans and they could cause （引起）people to die.In Sweden（瑞典）, King Gustaf Ⅲ decided to find out whether or not this was true.It happened that there were two brothers in prison at that time.They were twins and were almost alike in every way.They had both been sentenced to death (判处死刑).The King decided to let them live if one of the men agreed to drink several cups of tea each day and the other several cups of coffee. Both brothers lived many years without problems of any kind.At last,the brother who had drunk tea every day died at the age of 83,the other died a few years later.Because of the experiment(实验), tea and coffee got accepted (接受) and became popular as drink in Sweden, and it is one of the many countries of the world where much tea and coffee is drunk today.45. Tea and coffee were first introducd to Europe in_______.A. the eighteenth centuryB. the eighteen centuryC. eighteenth centuriesD. eighteen centuries46. What does the word harmful mean in Chinese?---It means________.A. 有趣的B. 苦涩无味的C. 有害的D. 可口的47. The brother who had drunk tea every day lived______.A. until he was over 83B. until he was 83C. until the other had been dead for several yearsD. until he had drunk tea for a few years48. Today the Swedish drink_________.A. much more coffee than teaB. much tea and coffeeC. little tea and coffeeD. much tea but little coffee。
牛津译林版七年级上期末英语试卷
第一学期期末抽测七年级英语试题一、听力(每小题1．5分，共30分)第一节：：听下面十段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出正确的答案。
每段对话读两遍。
1. What does Mrs. White teach?2.WheredoesAndyhave togo? 3, What does Dad need?4. Which fruit do they have at home?5. What is Sandy's blouse made of?.A. Cotton.B. Wool,C. Silk.6. What does Peter usually do at weekends?A. Do some reading.B. Do some shopping.C. Do some cleaning.7. Where are they speaking?A. In a shop.B. In a restaurant.C. At a bus stop8. When is their School Open Day?A. 10 September.B. 10 October.C. 12 October.七年级英语第1页共8页9. What are they talking about?A. Food,B. Sports.C. Clothes.10. What is Kitty like?A. She has long hair and she loves dancing.B. She has short hair and she loves dancing.C. She has long hair and she loves swimming.第二节：听下面两段对话，每段对话后有几个小题；从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出正确的答案。
每段对话读两遍。
听第一段对话，·回答第11至12小题。
牛津译林版英语七年级上册期末测试题带听力原文和参考答案
牛津译林版英语七年级上册期末测试题带听力原文和参考答案此套牛津译林版英语七班级上册期末测试题带听力原文和参考答案，全部试卷与牛津译林版七班级英语教材大纲同步，，。
由于试卷复制时一些内容如图片、公式等没有显示，们可以到WORD的DOC附件使用！, !试卷内容预览：牛津译林版英语七班级上册期末测试考试形式：闭卷考试时间：90分钟试卷分值：100分【卷首语】友爱的同学们，步入学校的你，进入了一个新天地，当你在欢乐中品尝到英语学习给你的养分滋补时，或许你在思索: 我收获了多少？盼望这张试卷能成为点燃你们才智的魔法石，仔细一点，你会做得很棒的，预祝你取得满足的成果！第I卷选择题(四大题，共60分)一、听力(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)A)依据录音选择正确的应答句。
(读两遍)( )1. A. September 1st.B. September 10th.C. March 8th.()2. A. 60 B. 16 C. 24( )3. A. That would be good. B. You're welcome. C. Be quick!( )4. A. It is raining. B. It' s cold. C. It' s fun!()5. A. There are two. B. OK C. I' m thirteen.（能量）to study and work.55.He leaves home without（say） anything to his parents.56.Her house is next to mine. She r s my n.57.The sun shines t the window in the room.58.Kitty and Amy want to be（dance） when they grow up.59.If you want to keep healthy, you must（转变）your diet.lie swims（two） a week.六、句型转换（共10处空格；每空1分，满分10分）He plays basketball for two hours every day.（对划线部分提问）does he play basketball every day?61.Thank you for your help.（改成同义句）Thank you me.62.I like Halloween best .（改成同义句）Halloween is my.63.Is it time for breakfast ?（改成同义句）Is it time breakfast .64.They usually give us some candy as a treat .（改成同义句）They usually give us a some candy.七、翻译句子（共5题；每题2分，满分10分）我想在晚会上扮成公主。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
初一英语期末复习(7-8)一. 单项选择1. – You see, it’s my dream to buy ____ iphone 6.– Oh, you can ask your parents to buy ___ for you.A. a; itB. an; itC. a; oneD. an; one2. – We Chinese like drinking wine made _______ rice? –Really? It’s quite different from us.A. ofB. fromC. inD. for3. – Sorry, the price of the trousers is too _____.– OK. Would you like to have a look at a cheaper ____?A. expensive; oneB. expensive; pairC. high; oneD. high; pair4. – I don’t know ________ for the party.– You look so good now. I think the pink T-shirt ______ the grey jeans very well.A. what to wear; matchesB. how to wear it; matchesC. what to wear; matchD. when to go; match5. – Tom, go and _____ for the shoes. – Why me? They are your shoes!A. spendB. costC. takeD. pay6. – Where is Alex? Mr. Lee ___ him. – Maybe he ___ in the library. You can go to have a look.A. looks at; reads booksB. is looking at; is reading booksC. looks for; is reading booksD. is looking for; is reading books7. About _________ films are on show during the 5th Shanghai International Film Festival.A. two hundred ofB. two hundreds ofC. two hundredD. two hundreds8. --- How tall the boy is!--- Yes, he is taller than __________ in his class.A. any other studentB. any studentC. other studentD. other students9.---Why does Tommy look unhappy ?--- Because his teacher makes him _______ the classroom all by himself .A. to cleanB. cleanC. cleans D cleaning10. Nobody teaches ______ English. I learn English by ________.A. me ; meB. my ; myselfC. me ; myselfD. myself ; myself11. I want to buy a nice present _______ my mother and I must give it _______ her myself.A. for; toB. to; forC. for; forD. to; to12.The shop is ________ from Monday to Friday. It’s ________ at weekendsA. opens; closedB. open; closeC. open; closed D opened; close13. The city of Nanjing is 100 minutes ________ by bus ________ the city of Yangzhou.A away; fromB far; fromC away; toD far; to14. more vegetables good for your .A. Eat; is, healthyB. Eating; are, healthC. Eating; is, healthD. Eat; are, healthy15. He spends much time _______Eng lish every day.A. to practise speakingB. to practise to speakC. practise to speakD. practising speaking二. 完形填空Man has five senses(感官): sight, hearing, ____16___, taste and touch. They ___17___ information for the brain(大脑). For example, the eyes collect information __18___ pictures and the ears collect information on ___19___.Sight___20___ of a human's two eyes has an eyelid(眼皮) and an eyebrow(眉毛). They protect the eyes. The eyes can only see with light. Light ___21___ the picture of something into the eyes so the human can see it.HearingSounds travel ____22___ the air like waves (波). They are called sound waves. Human ears ___23____ cups. They catch these waves for the brain and the brain changes them into different sounds. Sound waves are much slower than light. So you always see lightning first and then you___24___ the thunder.(雷声)SmellHumans smell with their __25__. Most people can ___26___ about 10,000 kinds of smell. Thisis amazing! But dogs can smell 1,000 times better than humans. Humans have five millionreceptor cells (接受细胞). ___27___, dogs have two hundred million!TastePeople can taste food because they have taste buds (味蕾) on their tongues. There are about10,000 taste buds. Old taste buds die and new ones ____28____ every two weeks. But whenpeople get older, this happens less often.TouchThere are receptor cells for the sense of touch all over the body. This is different from___29____ four senses. Touch receptor cells are in the lowest part of the skin. They help thebody to have all kinds of feelings like pain, cold and heat. Some parts of the body (like thefingertips) are more sensitive than other parts of the body (like the back) because they have more____30___ receptor cells.16. A. listen B. touch C. smell D. see17. A. collect B. give C. throw D. teach18. A. in B. through C. from D. on19. A. noises B. voices C. sounds D. feelings20. A. All B. Every C. Each D. None21. A. carries B. carry C. to carry D. carrying22. A. on B. in C. through D. of23. A. are like B. like C. don’t like D. enjoy24. A. smell B. taste C. hear D. touch25. A. eyes B. noses C. ears D. hands26. A. tell B. speak C. talk D. explain27. A. However B. And C. So D. But28. A. come across B. come in C. come through D. come out29. A. others B. another C. the other D. other30. A. touch B. smell C. hearing D. taste三．阅读理解AIt’s Sunday. It’s fine. Tom does not go to school today. But he is not at home. He’s nowsitting on a Chinese bus. He is going to the cinema. All his classmates will go to see a movie thisafternoon. His teacher Mr Wang will go there, too. They will meet at 2:00 p.m. at the gate of thecinema. An old man gets on the bus. Tom stands up and says to the old man, ‘Come and sit here,please.’ The old man goes over and sits down. He says, ‘Thank you very much, my boy. You area good student.’ Tom answers, ‘You’re welcome.’‘What school are you in?’ the old man asks Tom.‘I am in No. 2 Middle School.’ Tom answers.‘No. 2? That’s a good school. My son is a teacher there. He is an English teacher.man says.‘English teacher? Excuse me, grandpa. What’s your son’s name, please?’ Tom a ‘Mr Wang,’ says the old man.‘Ah, ah, he is my English teacher.’ Just then, the bus stops near the movie house. Tom saysgoodbye to the old man and gets off the bus. The old man smiles to Tom.31. Which statement is right according the passage?raining today.A. It’s Saturday today.B. It’sC. Tom goes to school on Sunday.D. Tom is a student of No. 2 Middle School.32. Mr Wang is_____.son C. the ol d man’s father D. a Chinese teacherA. at home todayB. the old man’s33. What do you think of Tom?A. Tom is a good student.B. Tom is a bad student.C. He does wrong things.D. He is a good teacher.34. Which statement is NOT true?A. Tom goes to the movie house on a Chinese car.B. Only Tom and his teacher go to the cinema.C. Tom goes to see a movie.D. The old man’s son is Tom’s English teacher.BPeople sometimes like to read stories of dogs very much. They think that dogs are muchcleverer than cats, sheep, cows or other animals in their homes.One of my close friends, Bob, has a very large police dog named Jack. Every Sundayafternoon, Bob and Jack have a walk in the park nearby. Jack likes these walks very much.One Sunday afternoon, I paid a visit to Bob. I stayed there for a long time and Bob and Ihad much more talk with each other than ever before. Soon it was time for them to take a walk inthe park but we forgot that. Jack became worried about it. He walked around the room severaltimes and then sat down in front of me and looked at me. But I still paid no attention (注意) tohim. I went on talking with Bob. At last, Jack could not wait any longer. He went out of theroom and came back a few minutes later. He sat down in front of me again. But this time, heheld my hat in his mouth. Suddenly, I understood what Jack meant and my friend understoodtoo.35. How many people are there in this story?______.A．One B．Two C．Three D．Four36. Jack______.A．is a close friend of mineB．enjoys long walks in the park every Sunday afternoonC．has many close friendsD．enjoys talks in the room37. Jack was worried because______.A．he wanted to eat something B．it was Sunday afternoon againC．he was not feeling well D．he wanted his master Bob to take him for awalk38. Which of the following is TRUE?A．When Jack and I were talking, my friend didn't pay any attention to usB．When I was talking to my friend, Jack didn't pay any attention to usC．When my friend and I were talking, we didn't pay any attention to JackD．When my friend was talking to Jack, I paid attention to themCIf someone says to you “give me five”, do not look for five yuan for him in your wallet!The person is not asking for your money, but your hand.In America, “give me five” or “give me the high five” is very popular. You can ofte in films and on TV. It means clapping (拍击) of each other's right hands together.People sometimes do it when they celebrate something good, For example, the footballplayers will give the high fives to everyone around to celebrate when their team wins a game.(手势) of raising the right arm for “Give me five” may come from the old Roman gesturethe emperor (皇帝). It shows that the person does not keep any sharp things in his hand. It is notdangerous for the emperor to meet this person.Well, what are you waiting for? Try “give me five” with your friends._______.39. “Give me five” means clapping of ____A. headsB. handsC. armsD. legs40. When you ___________, you give your friends high fives.A. make people happyB. ask for moneyC. celebrate a good thingD. look for the wallet41. What can we NOT know from the passage?A. When people say “give me five”．B. Where “give me five”comes from.C. What “give me five” means.D. What people think of “give m e five”.四. 词汇运用.1. This new bed is hard for my father. It is very __________________(舒服的).2. I think this pair of shoes must ___________________(合身) my mother well.3. Brennan is ________(lie) on the grass and looking at the sky.4. The police are trying to find these _________ (shopkeeper ) mobile phones.5. There are many _______ (different )between the twins .6. Whose songs are the most ___________(流行) with teenagers?7. ___________(没有) the teachers’ help, we cannot finish the project on time.8. We are looking forward to ___________ (邀请) our foreign teachers to our Eve Feast.9. He puts the wallet carefully in his __________(里面的) pocket.10. Students don’t like school uniforms because they think they don’t look ________ (现代的) in them.五. 任务型阅读。